1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
325 This, however, is due
326 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
327 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
328 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
329 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
331 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
332 this doesn't work for equations yet.
335 \begin_layout Standard
336 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
344 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
349 Most of them are self-explanatory and you will find them listed in the
350 corresponding sections of this documentation.
353 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
363 of the manuals from inside LyX.
364 Just select the manual you want read from the
371 \begin_layout Section
373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
375 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
382 \begin_layout Standard
383 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
384 without resorting to configuration files.
385 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
386 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
387 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
392 \begin_inset Index idx
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
403 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
408 \begin_inset space \space{}
411 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
412 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
414 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
418 \begin_inset Index idx
421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
422 Reconfiguration of LyX
427 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
430 \begin_layout Section
432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
434 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
441 \begin_layout Standard
442 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
443 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
445 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
446 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
453 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
454 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
457 \begin_layout Standard
458 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
459 you can view from the menu
461 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
481 reconfigure LyX (menu
483 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
487 \begin_inset Note Note
490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
491 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
499 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
500 More about TeX Code is described in section
505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
507 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
511 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
518 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
528 \begin_inset Index idx
531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
532 Reconfiguration of LyX
537 See section 5.1 of the
541 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
544 \begin_layout Chapter
548 \begin_layout Section
549 Basic File Operations
550 \begin_inset Index idx
553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
562 \begin_layout Standard
567 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
568 in addition to some more advanced operations:
571 \begin_layout Itemize
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
641 \begin_layout Itemize
655 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 arg "dialog-show print"
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
697 a few minor differences.
700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
715 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
716 you for a template to use.
717 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
718 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
719 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
727 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
734 \begin_layout Standard
735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
768 space is just that — a big, blank space.
776 \begin_layout Standard
797 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
802 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
827 will reload the document from disk.
828 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
829 and want to restore it to the last save.
838 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
839 can identify them as your changes.
842 \begin_layout Section
843 Basic Editing Features
844 \begin_inset Index idx
847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
856 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
863 \begin_layout Standard
864 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
865 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
866 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
867 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
869 We will start with cut and paste.
872 \begin_layout Standard
873 As you might expect, the
877 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
878 various other editing features.
879 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
883 \begin_layout Itemize
897 \begin_layout Itemize
911 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
935 \begin_layout Itemize
945 \begin_layout Itemize
961 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 The first three are self-explanatory.
969 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you have selected,
970 it is automatically placed in the clipboard.
979 keys also function as the
984 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
985 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
986 You will have to do an
990 to get back the lost text.
993 \begin_layout Standard
994 \begin_inset Index idx
997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1003 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1015 \begin_layout Standard
1018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1023 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1034 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1040 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1050 will start a new paragraph.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1054 \begin_inset Index idx
1057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1064 \begin_inset Index idx
1067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1099 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1104 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 button to skip the current word.
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1130 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1134 \begin_inset space ~
1139 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1141 If the toggle is set, searching for
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1153 will not match the word
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 Match whole words only
1170 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1199 LyX offers also an advanced
1202 \begin_inset space ~
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1211 feature that is described in sec.
1212 \begin_inset space ~
1216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1218 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1225 \begin_layout Standard
1226 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1227 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1229 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1234 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1245 arg "inset-select-all"
1251 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1254 selects the whole document.
1257 \begin_layout Section
1259 \begin_inset Index idx
1262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1269 \begin_inset Index idx
1272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1281 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1288 \begin_layout Standard
1289 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1290 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1293 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1296 or the toolbar button
1302 to undo some mistake.
1303 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1305 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1308 or the toolbar button
1315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1322 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1326 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1329 \begin_layout Standard
1330 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1339 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1340 This is a consequence of the 100
1341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1344 step undo limit, above.
1347 \begin_layout Standard
1356 work on almost everything in LyX.
1357 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1361 \begin_layout Section
1363 \begin_inset Index idx
1366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1375 \begin_layout Standard
1376 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1384 \begin_layout Itemize
1389 once anywhere in the edit window.
1390 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1394 \begin_layout Enumerate
1399 \begin_layout Itemize
1405 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1408 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1411 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1414 \begin_layout Itemize
1415 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1417 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1424 \begin_layout Enumerate
1425 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1429 \begin_layout Standard
1430 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1431 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1435 \begin_layout Section
1437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1439 name "sec:Navigating"
1444 \begin_inset Index idx
1447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1460 \begin_layout Itemize
1465 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1466 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1469 \begin_layout Itemize
1470 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1475 or by the toolbar button
1478 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1484 \begin_layout Itemize
1485 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1487 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1490 and use the same menu to return to them.
1491 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1494 \begin_layout Standard
1498 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1503 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1504 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1507 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1508 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1509 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1510 your last editing position.
1513 \begin_layout Subsection
1517 \begin_layout Standard
1518 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1519 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1520 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1527 LatexCommand formatted
1528 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1532 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1538 LatexCommand formatted
1539 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1544 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1548 \begin_layout Standard
1549 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1550 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1551 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1552 dialog and to modify the citation.
1553 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1557 \begin_layout Standard
1558 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1560 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1561 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1569 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1572 \begin_layout Standard
1573 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1574 you further to control the display.
1579 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1580 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1585 option keeps it in the current view state.
1586 Keeping means that when you have e.
1587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1591 \begin_inset space \space{}
1594 the subsections of section
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1598 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1602 3, the subsections of section
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1606 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1611 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1612 \begin_inset space ~
1616 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1626 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1629 \begin_layout Standard
1631 \begin_inset space ~
1635 \begin_inset Graphics
1636 filename ../images/reload.png
1641 \begin_inset space ~
1644 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1645 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1648 \begin_inset space \space{}
1652 \begin_inset Graphics
1653 filename ../images/down.png
1655 groupId toolbarbuttons
1660 \begin_inset space ~
1664 \begin_inset space \space{}
1668 \begin_inset Graphics
1669 filename ../images/up.png
1671 groupId toolbarbuttons
1676 \begin_inset space ~
1679 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1680 So, for example, you can move section
1681 \begin_inset space ~
1685 \begin_inset space ~
1688 2.4 or after section
1689 \begin_inset space ~
1693 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1695 \begin_inset Graphics
1696 filename ../images/promote.png
1698 groupId toolbarbuttons
1703 \begin_inset Graphics
1704 filename ../images/demote.png
1706 groupId toolbarbuttons
1710 (or the corresponding key bindings
1718 ) you can change the level of sections.
1719 So you can for example make section
1720 \begin_inset space ~
1724 \begin_inset space ~
1728 \begin_inset space ~
1734 \begin_layout Section
1735 Input / Word Completion
1736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1738 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1743 \begin_inset Index idx
1746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1753 \begin_inset Index idx
1756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1787 \begin_layout Standard
1788 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1790 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1791 is used to propose completions.
1794 \begin_layout Standard
1795 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1796 there are completions available.
1797 You can then press the
1801 key to use this completion.
1802 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1803 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1804 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1811 \begin_layout Standard
1812 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1814 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1817 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1819 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1822 by deselecting the option
1825 \begin_inset space ~
1834 \begin_inset space ~
1838 \begin_inset space ~
1843 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1844 To accept this proposal, use the
1853 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1854 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1862 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1869 \begin_layout Section
1871 \begin_inset Index idx
1874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1881 \begin_inset Index idx
1884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1913 \begin_inset Index idx
1916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1947 \begin_layout Standard
1948 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1949 LyX's default is CUA.
1952 \begin_layout Standard
1956 \begin_inset space ~
1964 \begin_inset space ~
1985 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1989 \begin_layout Labeling
1990 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1994 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1995 LatexCommand nomenclature
1997 description "Tabulator key"
2003 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2004 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2005 \begin_inset space ~
2009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2011 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2018 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2022 , especially section
2023 \begin_inset space ~
2027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2029 reference "sub:Lists"
2035 If you're still confused, look in the
2042 \begin_layout Labeling
2043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2047 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2048 LatexCommand nomenclature
2050 description "Escape key"
2057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2064 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2065 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2068 \begin_layout Labeling
2069 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2075 \begin_inset space ~
2079 \begin_inset space ~
2086 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2087 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2091 \begin_layout Standard
2092 There are three modifier keys:
2095 \begin_layout Labeling
2096 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2114 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2115 LatexCommand nomenclature
2117 description "Control key"
2121 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2122 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2126 \begin_layout Itemize
2135 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2138 \begin_layout Itemize
2147 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2150 \begin_layout Itemize
2159 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2163 \begin_layout Labeling
2164 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2182 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2183 LatexCommand nomenclature
2185 description "Shift key"
2189 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2190 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2193 \begin_layout Labeling
2194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2212 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2213 LatexCommand nomenclature
2215 description "Alt or Meta key"
2219 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2220 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2221 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2227 \begin_inset Newline newline
2230 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2232 menu accelerator keys
2235 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2236 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2240 \begin_layout Standard
2241 For example, the sequence
2242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2248 \begin_inset space ~
2252 \begin_inset space ~
2258 \begin_inset space ~
2266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2285 \begin_inset space ~
2291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2301 \begin_layout Standard
2306 manual lists all other things bound to the
2314 \begin_layout Standard
2315 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2316 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2317 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2318 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2319 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2320 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2321 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2323 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2339 followed by a capital
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2349 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2354 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 as explained in sec.
2358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2364 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2371 \begin_layout Chapter
2373 \begin_inset Index idx
2376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2385 \begin_layout Section
2387 \begin_inset Index idx
2390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2399 \begin_layout Subsection
2403 \begin_layout Standard
2404 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2405 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2406 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2407 numbering schemes, and so on.
2408 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2409 and format the title of your document differently.
2412 \begin_layout Standard
2417 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2418 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2419 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2420 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2421 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2424 \begin_layout Standard
2425 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2426 how to adjust their properties.
2429 \begin_layout Subsection
2431 \begin_inset Index idx
2434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2443 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2450 \begin_layout Standard
2451 You can select a class using the
2453 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2454 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2458 \begin_inset Index idx
2461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2468 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2472 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2476 \begin_layout Standard
2477 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 Article for basic articles
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Report for basic reports
2489 \begin_layout Description
2490 Book for writing a book
2493 \begin_layout Description
2494 Letter for US-style letters
2497 \begin_layout Standard
2498 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2499 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2500 will include many of these.
2501 Here are some of the classes.
2502 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2504 Special Document Classes
2513 \begin_layout Description
2514 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2522 \begin_layout Description
2523 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2527 \begin_layout Description
2528 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2529 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2530 There are three article layouts available.
2531 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2532 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2533 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2534 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2539 sequential numbering
2540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2543 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2544 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2545 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2546 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2549 \begin_layout Description
2550 Beamer Layout for presentations
2553 \begin_layout Description
2554 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2555 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2559 \begin_layout Description
2560 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2563 \begin_layout Description
2565 \begin_inset space ~
2568 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2571 \begin_layout Description
2572 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2575 \begin_layout Description
2576 Foils Used to make transparencies
2579 \begin_layout Description
2580 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2581 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2585 \begin_layout Description
2586 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2587 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2590 \begin_layout Description
2591 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2594 \begin_layout Description
2595 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2598 \begin_layout Description
2599 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2600 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2601 (Is used by this document.)
2604 \begin_layout Description
2605 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2608 \begin_layout Description
2609 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2612 \begin_layout Description
2617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2624 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2625 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2627 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2630 \begin_layout Description
2631 Slides Used to make transparencies
2634 \begin_layout Description
2636 \begin_inset space ~
2639 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2640 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2643 \begin_layout Description
2644 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2647 \begin_layout Standard
2648 We will not go into any detail about how to use these different document
2650 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2656 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2657 of the document classes.
2660 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2664 \begin_layout Standard
2665 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2667 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2668 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2670 \begin_inset Index idx
2673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2690 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2691 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2693 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2696 \begin_layout Standard
2698 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2699 and some of them, like
2703 , are highly specialized.
2704 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2705 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2707 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2708 by some document class.
2709 There are just too many of them.
2710 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2713 \begin_layout Standard
2714 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2722 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2723 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2724 document class for a new file.
2725 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2730 Installing new LaTeX files
2731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2738 manual for information on how to install them.
2739 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2745 \begin_layout Standard
2746 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2747 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2749 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2750 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2751 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2753 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2756 \begin_inset space ~
2763 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2766 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2775 \begin_inset Index idx
2778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2787 \begin_layout Standard
2788 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2789 chosen document class.
2790 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2791 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2798 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2802 \begin_inset Index idx
2805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2812 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2816 \begin_layout Standard
2817 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2818 always installed by default.
2819 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2820 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2821 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2822 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2823 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2824 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2825 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2828 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2832 \begin_inset Index idx
2835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2836 Reconfiguration of LyX
2842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2845 Installing new LaTeX files
2846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2853 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2856 \begin_layout Standard
2857 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2865 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2866 LyX will advise you about these things.
2874 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2876 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2878 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2883 \begin_inset Index idx
2886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2887 Document ! Local Layout
2895 \begin_layout Standard
2896 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2897 used in a variety of different documents.
2898 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2899 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2900 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2901 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2902 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2903 What you want is LyX's
2904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2920 manual for information on how to use it.
2923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2927 \begin_layout Standard
2928 Each class has a default set of options.
2929 Here's a quick table describing them:
2932 \begin_layout Standard
2933 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2939 \begin_layout Standard
2941 \begin_inset Tabular
2942 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2943 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2947 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2948 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3409 \begin_layout Standard
3410 You're probably also wondering what
3411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3415 \begin_inset space ~
3419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3423 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3424 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3429 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3434 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3444 headings, there are also
3452 headings, and so on.
3453 We will describe these headings fully in section
3454 \begin_inset space ~
3458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3460 reference "sub:Headings"
3467 \begin_layout Subsection
3469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3471 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3476 \begin_inset Index idx
3479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3488 \begin_inset Index idx
3491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3500 \begin_layout Standard
3501 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3503 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3510 \begin_inset space ~
3518 \begin_inset space ~
3523 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3525 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3526 to use for your document.
3527 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3531 \begin_layout Standard
3538 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3544 \begin_inset space ~
3549 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3550 You can choose between the following five options:
3553 \begin_layout Labeling
3554 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3559 Use default page style of current class.
3562 \begin_layout Labeling
3563 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3568 No page numbers or headings.
3571 \begin_layout Labeling
3572 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3580 \begin_layout Labeling
3581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3586 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3587 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3588 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3591 \begin_layout Labeling
3592 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3597 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3598 have the LaTeX-package
3603 \begin_inset Index idx
3606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3607 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3613 How they are defined is explained in section
3614 \begin_inset space ~
3618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3620 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3627 \begin_layout Standard
3628 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3629 \begin_inset space ~
3633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3635 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3642 \begin_layout Subsection
3643 Paper Size and Orientation
3644 \begin_inset Index idx
3647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3648 Document ! Paper size
3654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3656 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3663 \begin_layout Standard
3664 You find the following options in the menu
3667 \begin_inset space ~
3674 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3680 \begin_inset Index idx
3683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3692 \begin_layout Labeling
3693 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3697 \begin_inset space ~
3702 What size paper to print on.
3707 \begin_layout Itemize
3713 \begin_layout Itemize
3719 \begin_layout Itemize
3725 \begin_layout Itemize
3731 \begin_layout Itemize
3734 US letter, US legal, US executive
3737 \begin_layout Itemize
3743 \begin_layout Itemize
3750 \begin_layout Labeling
3751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3756 To choose whether to output as
3767 \begin_layout Labeling
3768 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3772 \begin_inset space ~
3777 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3778 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3781 \begin_layout Subsection
3783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3790 \begin_inset Index idx
3793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3800 \begin_inset Index idx
3803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3812 \begin_layout Standard
3813 Paper margins are set in the menu
3815 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3819 \begin_inset Index idx
3822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3831 \begin_layout Standard
3832 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3833 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3834 the paper format and the font size into account.
3837 \begin_layout Subsection
3841 \begin_layout Standard
3842 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3847 That includes the paragraph environments.
3848 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3849 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3850 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3851 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3860 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3862 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3863 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3864 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3867 \begin_layout Section
3868 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3869 \begin_inset Index idx
3872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3873 Paragraph ! Indentation
3881 \begin_layout Subsection
3883 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3885 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3892 \begin_layout Standard
3893 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3894 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3898 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3899 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3900 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3901 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3905 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3911 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3912 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3913 language than English.
3914 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3917 \begin_layout Standard
3918 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3919 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3921 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3922 LyX takes care of that.
3923 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3925 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3926 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3927 of a page, and so on.
3931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3932 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3937 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3938 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3942 of these pre-coded spacings.
3943 We will explain more later.
3946 \begin_layout Subsection
3947 Paragraph Separation
3948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3950 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3955 \begin_inset Index idx
3958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3959 Paragraph ! Separation
3967 \begin_layout Standard
3968 To separate paragraphs, select
3979 \begin_inset space ~
3986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3990 \begin_inset Index idx
3993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3999 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4002 \begin_layout Subsection
4006 \begin_layout Standard
4007 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4010 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4012 \begin_inset space ~
4017 dialog and toggle the
4020 \begin_inset space ~
4025 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4028 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4032 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4033 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4037 \begin_layout Standard
4038 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4039 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4042 \begin_layout Subsection
4044 \begin_inset Index idx
4047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4048 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4056 \begin_layout Standard
4059 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4063 \begin_inset Index idx
4066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4075 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4078 \begin_inset space ~
4087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4088 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4093 \begin_inset Index idx
4096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4097 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4102 installed to use this feature.
4110 \begin_layout Section
4111 Paragraph Environments
4112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4114 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4119 \begin_inset Index idx
4122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4123 Paragraph ! Environments
4129 \begin_inset Index idx
4132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4133 Paragraph environments|(
4141 \begin_layout Subsection
4145 \begin_layout Standard
4146 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4149 \begin_layout Standard
4168 \begin_inset Newline newline
4171 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4172 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4173 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4182 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4185 \begin_layout Standard
4186 A paragraph environment is simply a
4187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4194 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4195 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4196 scheme, labels, and so on.
4197 Additionally, you can
4198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4205 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4206 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4207 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4208 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4209 days of typewriters.
4210 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4212 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4215 \begin_layout Standard
4216 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4217 \begin_inset Graphics
4218 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4224 at the left end of the toolbar.
4225 LyX will change the environment of the
4229 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4230 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4231 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4235 \begin_layout Standard
4244 create a new paragraph using the
4248 paragraph environment.
4250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4257 because if you are in one of these environments:
4260 \begin_layout Itemize
4266 \begin_layout Itemize
4272 \begin_layout Itemize
4278 \begin_layout Itemize
4284 \begin_layout Itemize
4290 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 \begin_layout Itemize
4302 \begin_layout Standard
4303 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4307 , rather than resetting it to
4312 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4313 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4314 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4315 \begin_inset space ~
4319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4321 reference "sec:Nesting"
4326 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4331 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4332 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4336 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4342 \begin_layout Subsection
4346 \begin_layout Standard
4347 The default paragraph environment is
4352 It creates a plain paragraph.
4353 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4354 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4355 this manual) are in the
4362 \begin_layout Standard
4363 You can nest a paragraph using the
4367 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4375 \begin_layout Subsection
4377 \begin_inset Index idx
4380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4389 \begin_layout Standard
4390 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4399 for thanks or contact information.
4400 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4401 page along with today's date.
4402 For other types of documents, the title
4403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4410 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4414 \begin_layout Standard
4415 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4429 Here's how you use them:
4432 \begin_layout Itemize
4433 Put the title of your document in the
4440 \begin_layout Itemize
4441 Put the author name in the
4448 \begin_layout Itemize
4449 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4450 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4456 Note that using this environment is optional.
4457 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4458 If you don't want any date, add the line
4459 \begin_inset Newline newline
4469 \begin_inset Newline newline
4472 to the preamble of your document (menu
4474 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4480 \begin_layout Standard
4481 You can use footnotes to insert
4482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4489 or contact information.
4492 \begin_layout Subsection
4494 \begin_inset Index idx
4497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4504 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4513 \begin_layout Standard
4514 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4515 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4518 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4520 \begin_inset Index idx
4523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4524 Section headings ! Numbered
4532 \begin_layout Standard
4533 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4537 \begin_layout Enumerate
4543 \begin_layout Enumerate
4549 \begin_layout Enumerate
4555 \begin_layout Enumerate
4561 \begin_layout Enumerate
4567 \begin_layout Enumerate
4573 \begin_layout Enumerate
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4580 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4581 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4582 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4585 \begin_layout Standard
4586 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4587 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4588 You group the book into chapters.
4589 LyX does similar grouping:
4592 \begin_layout Itemize
4597 is divided in either
4608 \begin_layout Itemize
4620 \begin_layout Itemize
4632 \begin_layout Itemize
4644 \begin_layout Itemize
4656 \begin_layout Itemize
4668 \begin_layout Standard
4669 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4677 Not all document types use the
4681 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4686 is the top-level heading.
4694 \begin_layout Standard
4699 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4700 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4702 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4714 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4716 \begin_inset Index idx
4719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4720 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4728 \begin_layout Standard
4729 The unnumbered section headings have a
4730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4737 at the end of their name.
4738 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4739 the table of contents, see section
4740 \begin_inset space ~
4744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4753 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4754 Changing the Numbering
4755 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4757 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4764 \begin_layout Standard
4765 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4766 in the Table of Contents.
4767 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4769 Certain classes start with
4783 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4793 This is something you can change.
4796 \begin_layout Standard
4799 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4805 \begin_inset Index idx
4808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4819 \begin_inset space ~
4823 \begin_inset space ~
4828 you will see two counters.
4833 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4835 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4840 Short Titles of Headings
4841 \begin_inset Index idx
4844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4845 Section headings ! Short titles
4851 \begin_inset Argument
4854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4863 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4870 \begin_layout Standard
4871 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4872 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4873 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4874 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4877 \begin_layout Standard
4878 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4879 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4880 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4881 To specify a short title, use the menu
4883 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4885 \begin_inset space ~
4891 This will insert a box labeled
4892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4907 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4908 This also works for captions inside floats.
4911 \begin_layout Standard
4912 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4915 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4919 \begin_layout Standard
4920 The following information applies to all section headings:
4923 \begin_layout Itemize
4924 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4927 \begin_layout Itemize
4928 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4931 \begin_layout Itemize
4932 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4939 \begin_layout Subsection
4940 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4943 \begin_layout Standard
4944 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4958 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4959 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4960 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4961 the text they contain.
4962 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4970 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4973 \begin_layout Standard
4974 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4983 when you start a new paragraph.
4984 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4988 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4989 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4990 to change back to the
4994 environment yourself.
4997 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5014 \begin_inset Index idx
5017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5026 \begin_layout Standard
5027 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5028 time for the differences.
5037 are identical except for one difference:
5041 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5050 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5053 \begin_layout Standard
5054 Here's an example of the
5067 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5069 See – no indentation!
5073 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5074 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5075 the other paragraph.
5078 \begin_layout Standard
5079 Here's another example, this time in the
5086 \begin_layout Quotation
5092 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5093 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5094 the first line, then
5098 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5102 you were quoting other text.
5105 \begin_layout Quotation
5106 Here's a new paragraph.
5107 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5108 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5111 \begin_layout Standard
5112 As the examples show,
5116 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5117 They should put quotes in the
5122 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5126 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5129 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5135 \begin_inset Index idx
5138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5147 \begin_inset Index idx
5150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5157 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5166 \begin_layout Standard
5171 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5177 \begin_inset Newline newline
5180 Which I did not rehearse!
5184 It could be much worse.
5185 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5187 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5188 indented a bit more than the first.
5189 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5195 \begin_inset Newline newline
5198 And make things look fine
5199 \begin_inset Newline newline
5205 arg "newline-insert newline"
5211 \begin_layout Standard
5216 does not indent both margins.
5217 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5218 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5225 arg "newline-insert newline"
5231 \begin_layout Subsection
5233 \begin_inset Index idx
5236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5243 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5252 \begin_layout Standard
5253 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5263 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5272 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5273 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5274 describing some general features of all four of them.
5277 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5281 \begin_layout Standard
5282 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5284 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5293 reset the environment to
5297 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5298 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5299 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5303 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5306 to break paragraphs.
5309 \begin_layout Standard
5310 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5311 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5313 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5314 you read all of section
5315 \begin_inset space ~
5319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5321 reference "sec:Nesting"
5329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5335 \begin_inset Index idx
5338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5359 paragraph environment.
5360 It has the following properties:
5363 \begin_layout Itemize
5364 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5368 \begin_layout Itemize
5369 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5372 \begin_layout Itemize
5373 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5377 \begin_layout Itemize
5378 The items can have any length.
5379 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5380 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5387 \begin_layout Itemize
5392 environment inside another
5396 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5400 \begin_layout Itemize
5401 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5404 \begin_layout Itemize
5405 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5408 \begin_layout Itemize
5410 \begin_inset space ~
5414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5416 reference "sec:Nesting"
5420 for a full explanation of nesting.
5424 \begin_layout Standard
5425 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5434 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5437 \begin_layout Standard
5438 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5439 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5442 \begin_layout Itemize
5443 The label for the first level
5447 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5451 \begin_layout Itemize
5452 The label for the second level is a dash.
5456 \begin_layout Itemize
5457 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5461 \begin_layout Itemize
5462 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5466 \begin_layout Itemize
5467 Back out to the third level.
5471 \begin_layout Itemize
5472 Back to the second level.
5476 \begin_layout Itemize
5477 Back to the outermost level.
5480 \begin_layout Standard
5481 These are the default labels for an
5486 You can customize these labels in the
5488 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5491 dialog in the submenu
5498 \begin_inset Index idx
5501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5510 \begin_layout Standard
5511 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5512 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5514 \begin_inset space ~
5518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5520 reference "sec:Nesting"
5527 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5533 \begin_inset Index idx
5536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5545 name "sec:Enumerate"
5552 \begin_layout Standard
5557 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5558 It has these properties:
5561 \begin_layout Enumerate
5562 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5566 \begin_layout Enumerate
5567 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5571 \begin_layout Enumerate
5572 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5575 \begin_layout Enumerate
5580 environment resets the counter to one.
5583 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 \begin_layout Enumerate
5597 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5598 Items can have any length.
5601 \begin_layout Enumerate
5602 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5605 \begin_layout Enumerate
5606 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5609 \begin_layout Enumerate
5610 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5614 \begin_layout Standard
5623 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5624 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5631 \begin_layout Enumerate
5632 The first level of an
5636 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5640 \begin_layout Enumerate
5641 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5645 \begin_layout Enumerate
5646 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5650 \begin_layout Enumerate
5651 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5654 \begin_layout Enumerate
5655 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5660 \begin_layout Enumerate
5661 Back to the third level
5665 \begin_layout Enumerate
5666 Back to the second level.
5670 \begin_layout Enumerate
5671 Back to the outermost level.
5674 \begin_layout Standard
5675 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5680 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5685 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5689 \begin_layout Standard
5690 There is more to nesting
5694 environments than we've stated here.
5695 You should read section
5696 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5702 reference "sec:Nesting"
5706 to learn more about nesting.
5709 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5715 \begin_inset Index idx
5718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5727 \begin_layout Standard
5728 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5732 list has no fixed label.
5733 Instead, LyX uses the first
5734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5741 of the first line as the label.
5745 \begin_layout Description
5746 Example: This is an example of the
5753 \begin_layout Standard
5754 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5758 \begin_layout Standard
5760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5767 it is meant that the first hit of the
5771 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5773 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5781 arg "space-insert protected"
5786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5787 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5789 \begin_inset space ~
5795 \begin_inset space ~
5799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5801 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5805 for more info.) Here is an example:
5808 \begin_layout Description
5810 \begin_inset space ~
5813 Example: This one shows how to use a
5816 \begin_inset space ~
5828 \begin_layout Description
5829 Usage: You should use the
5833 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5834 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5836 It's not a good idea to use a
5840 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5841 You're better off using
5853 paragraphs into them.
5856 \begin_layout Description
5857 Nesting: You can nest
5861 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5865 \begin_layout Standard
5866 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5867 them from the first line.
5870 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5876 \begin_inset Index idx
5879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5888 \begin_layout Standard
5893 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5896 \begin_layout Standard
5897 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5905 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5910 environment is named
5922 \begin_layout Standard
5931 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5932 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5935 \begin_layout Labeling
5936 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5938 \begin_inset space ~
5941 labels LyX uses the first
5942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5949 of each line as the item label.
5954 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5955 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5956 blank as described above.
5959 \begin_layout Labeling
5960 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5961 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5962 the body of the item text.
5963 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5964 label width plus a little extra space.
5968 \begin_layout Labeling
5969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5971 \begin_inset space ~
5974 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5976 If the label width is larger, the label
5977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5984 into the first line.
5985 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5986 margin of the rest of the item text.
5989 \begin_layout Labeling
5990 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5992 \begin_inset space ~
5995 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6000 environment have the same left margin.
6001 \begin_inset Newline newline
6004 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6007 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6009 \begin_inset space ~
6018 \begin_inset space ~
6023 determines the default label width.
6024 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6033 multiple times instead.
6034 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6043 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6046 \begin_inset space ~
6051 every time you alter a label in a
6056 \begin_inset Newline newline
6059 The predefined default width is the length of
6060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6069 \begin_inset Newline newline
6073 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6081 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6082 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6090 \begin_layout Standard
6095 environment the same way like the
6099 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6105 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6109 \begin_layout Standard
6114 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6116 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6118 \begin_inset space ~
6122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6124 reference "sec:Nesting"
6128 to learn about nesting.
6131 \begin_layout Standard
6132 There is yet another feature of the
6136 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6138 You can use additional
6142 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6147 are documented in section
6148 \begin_inset space ~
6152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6154 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6159 Here are some examples:
6160 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6166 \begin_layout Labeling
6167 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6168 Left The default for
6175 \begin_layout Labeling
6176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6177 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6184 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6187 \begin_layout Labeling
6188 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6189 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6193 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6200 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6203 \begin_layout Subsection
6205 \begin_inset Index idx
6208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6217 \begin_layout Standard
6218 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6221 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6223 in the document settings.
6224 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6229 \begin_inset Index idx
6232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6241 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6242 Custom Enumerate Lists
6243 \begin_inset Index idx
6246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6247 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6255 \begin_layout Standard
6257 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6260 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6263 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6264 There you add the command
6267 \begin_layout Standard
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 in TeX Code (shortcut
6286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6287 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6288 \begin_inset space ~
6292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6294 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6307 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6314 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6315 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6328 For Arabic numerals use
6336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6343 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6358 \begin_layout Standard
6360 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6368 You can only number 26
6369 \begin_inset space ~
6372 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6380 \begin_layout Standard
6381 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6382 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6385 \begin_layout Standard
6386 As example a list with custom numbering:
6389 \begin_layout Enumerate
6390 \begin_inset Argument
6393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6419 \begin_layout Enumerate
6420 \begin_inset Argument
6423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6446 \begin_layout Enumerate
6451 \begin_layout Enumerate
6452 \begin_inset Argument
6455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6479 \begin_layout Enumerate
6480 \begin_inset Argument
6483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6509 \begin_layout Standard
6510 For this list these commands were used:
6513 \begin_layout Standard
6524 \begin_inset Newline newline
6532 \begin_inset Newline newline
6540 \begin_inset Newline newline
6550 \begin_layout Standard
6557 makes the label emphasized and
6566 \begin_layout Standard
6567 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6575 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6576 lists until you change the definition.
6584 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6586 \begin_inset Index idx
6589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6590 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6598 \begin_layout Standard
6599 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6602 \begin_layout Enumerate
6603 \begin_inset Argument
6606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6625 \begin_inset Note Note
6628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6629 goes back to default numbering
6637 \begin_layout Enumerate
6641 \begin_layout Standard
6645 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6649 \begin_layout Standard
6650 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6655 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6656 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6659 \begin_layout Standard
6660 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6668 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6676 \begin_layout Standard
6677 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6679 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6680 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6681 of a normal new enumeration.
6682 There insert the command
6685 \begin_layout Standard
6691 \begin_layout Standard
6696 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6700 \begin_layout Enumerate
6704 \begin_layout Enumerate
6708 \begin_layout Standard
6709 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6712 \begin_layout Enumerate
6713 \begin_inset Argument
6716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6732 This enumeration starts at 4
6735 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6737 \begin_inset Index idx
6740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6749 \begin_layout Standard
6750 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6752 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6755 \begin_layout Itemize
6759 \begin_layout Itemize
6760 with standard spacing
6763 \begin_layout Standard
6764 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6766 There add the command
6770 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6773 \begin_layout Itemize
6774 \begin_inset Argument
6777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6796 \begin_layout Itemize
6800 \begin_layout Itemize
6804 \begin_layout Standard
6805 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6811 \begin_inset Index idx
6814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6815 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6821 For more info see its documentation,
6822 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6831 \begin_layout Standard
6832 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6834 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6835 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6839 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6842 \begin_layout Enumerate
6843 \begin_inset Argument
6846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6854 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6867 \begin_layout Enumerate
6868 with negative indentation
6871 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6872 Further Customization
6873 \begin_inset Index idx
6876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6885 \begin_layout Standard
6886 You can also change the style of description lists.
6890 \begin_layout Standard
6896 \begin_layout Standard
6897 changes the description label font, the command
6900 \begin_layout Standard
6906 \begin_layout Standard
6907 sets the list style.
6910 \begin_layout Standard
6911 An example where the command
6914 \begin_layout Standard
6919 itshape, style=nextline
6922 \begin_layout Standard
6926 \begin_layout Description
6928 \begin_inset space ~
6932 \begin_inset Argument
6935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6941 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6943 itshape, style=nextline
6953 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6954 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6958 \begin_layout Description
6960 \begin_inset space ~
6963 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6964 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6965 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6968 \begin_layout Standard
6969 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6975 \begin_inset Index idx
6978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6979 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6985 For more info see its documentation,
6986 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6995 \begin_layout Subsection
6997 \begin_inset Index idx
7000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7009 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7017 \begin_inset space ~
7025 \begin_layout Standard
7026 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7034 \begin_inset space ~
7040 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7041 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7042 In contrast, you can use the
7049 \begin_inset space ~
7054 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7055 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7059 \begin_layout Standard
7060 Of course, you're not limited to using
7067 \begin_inset space ~
7076 \begin_inset space ~
7081 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7082 some European academic papers.
7085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7089 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7096 \begin_layout Standard
7101 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7102 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7106 \begin_inset space ~
7111 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7112 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7113 Here's an example of each:
7116 \begin_layout Right Address
7118 \begin_inset Newline newline
7122 \begin_inset Newline newline
7126 \begin_inset Newline newline
7129 When is it? What is today?
7132 \begin_layout Standard
7136 \begin_inset space ~
7142 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7143 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7144 Here's an example of the
7151 \begin_layout Address
7153 \begin_inset Newline newline
7156 Where do I send this
7157 \begin_inset Newline newline
7160 Your post office and country
7163 \begin_layout Standard
7164 As you can see, both
7171 \begin_inset space ~
7176 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7181 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7187 This makes sense, since
7195 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7196 Thus, you have to use
7203 arg "newline-insert newline"
7209 \begin_inset space ~
7212 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7214 \begin_inset space ~
7223 menu) to start a new line in an
7230 \begin_inset space ~
7238 \begin_layout Subsection
7242 \begin_layout Standard
7243 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7244 or list of references.
7245 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7252 \begin_inset Index idx
7255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7264 \begin_layout Standard
7269 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7270 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7271 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7272 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7276 in anything else or vice versa.
7282 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7283 The book document classes ignores the
7287 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7291 in a letter document class.
7294 \begin_layout Standard
7299 environment does several things for you.
7300 First, it puts the centered label
7301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7309 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7311 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7312 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7313 the subsequent text.
7314 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7315 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7318 \begin_layout Standard
7319 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7323 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7324 The new paragraph will still be in the
7329 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7330 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7333 \begin_layout Standard
7334 \begin_inset Float figure
7339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7341 \begin_inset Graphics
7342 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7350 \begin_inset Caption
7352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7355 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7376 \begin_layout Standard
7377 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7381 environment, but since this document is in the
7382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7389 class, we can't do this.
7390 We inserted it therefore as figure
7391 \begin_inset space ~
7395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7397 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7402 If you've never heard of an
7403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7410 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7413 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7419 \begin_inset Index idx
7422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7431 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7438 \begin_layout Standard
7443 environment is used to list references.
7444 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7445 only use it at the end of the document.
7450 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 When you first open a
7458 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7474 depending on the document class.
7475 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7476 Each paragraph of the
7480 environment is a bibliography entry.
7485 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7486 Each new paragraph is still in the
7493 \begin_layout Standard
7494 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7495 by using a BibTeX database.
7496 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7497 phy handling, have a look at in section
7498 \begin_inset space ~
7502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7504 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7511 \begin_layout Subsection
7515 \begin_inset Index idx
7518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7519 Paragraph ! LyX code
7525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7534 \begin_layout Standard
7539 environment is another LyX extension.
7540 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7545 key as a fixed whitespace;
7549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7561 \begin_inset space ~
7566 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7571 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7572 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7575 arg "newline-insert newline"
7592 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7593 So, when you finish using the
7597 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7598 Also, you can nest the
7602 environment inside of others.
7605 \begin_layout Standard
7606 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7609 \begin_layout Itemize
7613 arg "newline-insert newline"
7616 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7621 \begin_inset space \space{}
7631 arg "newline-insert newline"
7637 \begin_layout Itemize
7641 arg "newline-insert newline"
7652 \begin_layout Itemize
7657 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7664 \begin_layout Itemize
7668 arg "space-insert protected"
7675 \begin_layout Itemize
7676 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7677 You must put at least one
7681 in any line you want blank.
7682 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7685 \begin_layout Itemize
7686 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7690 since that will insert
7695 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7698 arg "self-insert \""
7704 \begin_layout Standard
7708 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7712 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7716 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7720 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7725 printf("Hello World!
7730 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7734 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7738 \begin_layout Standard
7739 This is just the standard
7740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7751 \begin_layout Standard
7756 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7757 rc-files, and so on.
7758 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7759 as if you used a typewriter.
7760 \begin_inset Index idx
7763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7764 Paragraph environments|)
7769 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7772 Program Code Listings
7777 \begin_inset space ~
7785 \begin_layout Section
7786 Nesting Environments
7787 \begin_inset Index idx
7790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7791 Nesting ! Environments
7797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7806 \begin_layout Subsection
7810 \begin_layout Standard
7811 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7813 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7815 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7817 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7829 \begin_layout Enumerate
7833 \begin_layout Enumerate
7838 \begin_layout Enumerate
7842 \begin_layout Enumerate
7847 \begin_layout Enumerate
7851 \begin_layout Standard
7852 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7853 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7856 \begin_inset space ~
7860 \begin_inset space ~
7868 \begin_inset space ~
7872 \begin_inset space ~
7881 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7882 will tell you how far you are nested).
7883 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7886 arg "depth-increment"
7892 arg "depth-decrement"
7895 or the convenient key bindings
7906 arg "depth-increment"
7912 arg "depth-decrement"
7915 to change the nesting level.
7916 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7917 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7921 \begin_layout Standard
7922 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7923 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7924 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7925 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7928 \begin_layout Standard
7929 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7930 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7932 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7935 \begin_layout Subsection
7936 What You Can and Can't Nest
7939 \begin_layout Standard
7940 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7941 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7944 \begin_layout Standard
7945 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7946 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7947 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7950 \begin_layout Itemize
7951 Completely unnestable
7954 \begin_layout Itemize
7955 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7959 \begin_layout Itemize
7960 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7964 \begin_layout Standard
7965 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7966 environments have them:
7969 \begin_layout Description
7970 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7971 Can't nest into them.
7975 \begin_layout Itemize
7981 \begin_layout Itemize
7987 \begin_layout Itemize
7993 \begin_layout Itemize
7999 \begin_layout Itemize
8006 \begin_layout Description
8008 \begin_inset space ~
8011 Nestable You can nest them.
8012 You can nest other things into them.
8016 \begin_layout Itemize
8022 \begin_layout Itemize
8028 \begin_layout Itemize
8034 \begin_layout Itemize
8040 \begin_layout Itemize
8046 \begin_layout Itemize
8052 \begin_layout Itemize
8058 \begin_layout Itemize
8065 \begin_layout Description
8066 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8067 You can't nest anything into them.
8071 \begin_layout Itemize
8077 \begin_layout Itemize
8083 \begin_layout Itemize
8089 \begin_layout Itemize
8095 \begin_layout Itemize
8101 \begin_layout Itemize
8107 \begin_layout Itemize
8113 \begin_layout Itemize
8119 \begin_layout Itemize
8125 \begin_layout Itemize
8131 \begin_layout Itemize
8137 \begin_layout Itemize
8143 \begin_layout Itemize
8149 \begin_layout Itemize
8153 \begin_inset space ~
8159 \begin_layout Itemize
8166 \begin_layout Standard
8167 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8175 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8184 \begin_inset space ~
8188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8192 \begin_inset space \space{}
8195 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8196 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8197 section headings violate this.
8205 \begin_layout Subsection
8206 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8207 \begin_inset Index idx
8210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8211 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8219 \begin_layout Standard
8220 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8221 affected by nesting anyhow.
8225 \begin_layout Itemize
8229 \begin_layout Itemize
8233 \begin_layout Itemize
8237 \begin_layout Standard
8239 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8247 Figures and tables in
8251 are not affected by this.
8256 Have a look at section
8257 \begin_inset space ~
8261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8263 reference "sec:Floats"
8267 for more information about
8274 \begin_layout Standard
8275 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8276 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8280 \begin_layout Standard
8281 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8289 of its own, it behaves just like a
8290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8297 paragraph environment.
8298 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8302 \begin_layout Standard
8303 Here's an example with a table:
8306 \begin_layout Enumerate
8311 \begin_layout Enumerate
8312 This is (a) and it's nested.
8316 \begin_layout Standard
8317 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8323 \begin_layout Standard
8325 \begin_inset Tabular
8326 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8327 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8328 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8329 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8421 \begin_layout Enumerate
8423 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8427 \begin_layout Enumerate
8431 \begin_layout Standard
8432 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8435 \begin_layout Enumerate
8440 \begin_layout Enumerate
8441 This is (a) and it's nested.
8445 \begin_layout Standard
8446 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8452 \begin_layout Standard
8454 \begin_inset Tabular
8455 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8456 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8457 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8458 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8542 \begin_layout Standard
8543 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8549 \begin_layout Enumerate
8556 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8559 \begin_layout Enumerate
8563 \begin_layout Standard
8564 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8568 \begin_layout Standard
8569 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8571 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8574 \begin_layout Enumerate
8579 \begin_layout Enumerate
8580 This is (a) and it's nested.
8583 \begin_layout Standard
8584 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8590 \begin_layout Standard
8592 \begin_inset Tabular
8593 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8594 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8680 \begin_layout Standard
8681 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8687 \begin_layout Enumerate
8689 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8697 \begin_layout Enumerate
8701 \begin_layout Standard
8702 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8708 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8709 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8713 \begin_layout Subsection
8714 Usage and General Features
8717 \begin_layout Standard
8718 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8727 is the innermost possible depth.
8728 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8731 \begin_layout Enumerate
8732 level #1 – outermost
8736 \begin_layout Enumerate
8741 \begin_layout Enumerate
8746 \begin_layout Enumerate
8751 \begin_layout Itemize
8756 \begin_layout Itemize
8765 \begin_layout Standard
8766 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8767 both of them in the example.
8768 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8778 For example, if we tried to nest another
8783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8790 , we would get errors.
8793 \begin_layout Subsection
8795 \begin_inset Index idx
8798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8807 \begin_layout Standard
8808 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8809 We have several examples of nested environments.
8810 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8814 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8815 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8818 \begin_layout Labeling
8819 \labelwidthstring MMM
8820 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8829 \begin_layout Labeling
8830 \labelwidthstring MMM
8831 #2-a This is level #2.
8832 We created it by using
8835 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8841 arg "depth-increment"
8848 \begin_layout Labeling
8849 \labelwidthstring MMM
8850 #3-a This is level #3.
8851 This time, we just hit
8858 arg "depth-increment"
8862 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8866 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8872 arg "depth-increment"
8879 \begin_layout Standard
8884 environment, nested inside of
8885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8893 So, it's at level #4.
8894 We did this by hitting
8897 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8903 arg "depth-increment"
8906 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8911 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8927 \begin_layout Standard
8932 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8935 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8941 \begin_layout Labeling
8942 \labelwidthstring MMM
8943 #4-a This is level #4.
8947 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8950 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8955 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8959 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8964 keep nesting things inside
8965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8976 \begin_layout Labeling
8977 \labelwidthstring MMM
8978 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8983 \begin_layout Labeling
8984 \labelwidthstring MMM
8985 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8986 and this is level #6.
8987 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8991 \begin_layout Labeling
8992 \labelwidthstring MMM
8993 #5-b Back to level #5.
8997 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9003 arg "depth-decrement"
9010 \begin_layout Labeling
9011 \labelwidthstring MMM
9015 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9021 arg "depth-decrement"
9024 , we're back at level #4.
9028 \begin_layout Labeling
9029 \labelwidthstring MMM
9030 #3-b Back to level #3.
9031 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9035 \begin_layout Labeling
9036 \labelwidthstring MMM
9037 #2-b Back to level #2.
9042 \begin_layout Labeling
9043 \labelwidthstring MMM
9044 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9045 After this sentence, we will hit
9049 and change the paragraph environment back to
9056 \begin_layout Standard
9057 We could have also used the
9073 environment in place of the
9078 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9081 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9082 Example 2: Inheritance
9085 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9086 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9089 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9098 arg "depth-increment"
9101 , after which, we will change to the
9109 \begin_layout Enumerate
9114 environment, at level #2.
9117 \begin_layout Enumerate
9118 Notice how the nested
9122 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9126 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9130 \begin_layout Standard
9131 We ended this example by hitting
9136 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9140 and reset the nesting depth by using
9143 arg "depth-decrement"
9149 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9150 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9159 \begin_inset Argument
9162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9163 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9171 \begin_layout Enumerate
9172 This is level #1, in an
9176 paragraph environment.
9177 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9181 \begin_layout Enumerate
9186 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9192 arg "depth-increment"
9196 Now, what happens if we nest an
9200 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9201 label be? An asterisk?
9205 \begin_layout Itemize
9215 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9216 So, its label is a bullet.
9217 (We got here by using
9220 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9226 arg "depth-increment"
9229 , then changing the environment to
9237 \begin_layout Itemize
9238 Here's level #4, produced using
9241 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9247 arg "depth-increment"
9251 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9256 \begin_layout Enumerate
9257 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9259 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9264 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9268 , because we are in the
9277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9296 \begin_layout Enumerate
9301 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9302 type of numbering does LyX use?
9305 \begin_layout Enumerate
9306 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9309 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9312 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9315 \begin_layout Enumerate
9319 arg "depth-decrement"
9322 to decrease the depth after the next
9325 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9332 \begin_layout Enumerate
9334 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9338 \begin_layout Enumerate
9340 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9341 numeral as the label.Why?
9344 \begin_layout Enumerate
9345 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9354 Notice, however, that LyX
9358 reset the counter for the label.
9362 \begin_layout Enumerate
9366 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9372 arg "depth-decrement"
9375 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9376 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9377 into the twofold-nested
9385 \begin_layout Enumerate
9386 The same thing happens if we do another
9389 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9395 arg "depth-decrement"
9398 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9401 \begin_layout Standard
9402 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9407 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9421 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9427 The same rule applies for the
9431 environment, as well.
9434 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9435 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9438 \begin_layout Enumerate
9439 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9440 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9441 the same detail with how we did it.
9450 \begin_layout Standard
9458 arg "depth-increment"
9465 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9466 the example in parentheses someplace.
9467 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9468 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9469 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9473 \begin_layout Enumerate
9478 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9483 Now we will add verse.
9484 \begin_inset Newline newline
9487 It will get much worse.
9488 \begin_inset Newline newline
9498 arg "depth-increment"
9509 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9510 \begin_inset Newline newline
9513 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9514 \begin_inset Newline newline
9520 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9533 \begin_layout Standard
9534 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9540 \begin_layout Standard
9542 \begin_inset Tabular
9543 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9544 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9546 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9635 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9645 arg "depth-increment"
9651 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9661 arg "depth-decrement"
9668 \begin_layout Enumerate
9673 : level #1) This is another item.
9674 Note that selecting a
9678 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9679 3 times to put the table inside the
9687 \begin_layout Quotation
9688 We're now ending the
9692 list and changing to
9697 We're still at level #1.
9698 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9699 The next set of paragraphs is a
9700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9707 We will nest both the
9714 \begin_inset space ~
9719 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9723 for the letter body.
9727 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9730 to preserve the depth.
9731 Remember that you need to use
9734 arg "newline-insert newline"
9737 to create multiple lines inside the
9744 \begin_inset space ~
9754 \begin_layout Right Address
9756 \begin_inset Newline newline
9759 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9760 \begin_inset Newline newline
9766 \begin_layout Address
9768 \begin_inset space ~
9774 \begin_layout Quotation
9775 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9779 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9780 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9781 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9782 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9783 as soon as possible.
9784 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9787 \begin_layout Quotation
9788 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9789 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9790 with your order, along with payment.
9793 \begin_layout Quotation
9794 We thank you again for your patience.
9797 \begin_layout Address
9799 \begin_inset Newline newline
9806 \begin_layout Quotation
9807 That ends that example!
9810 \begin_layout Standard
9811 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9812 just a few keystrokes.
9813 We could have easily nested an
9834 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9837 \begin_layout Section
9838 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9839 \begin_inset Index idx
9842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9853 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9854 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9855 be broken at the end of a line.
9856 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9860 \begin_layout Subsection
9862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9864 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9869 \begin_inset Index idx
9872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9881 \begin_layout Standard
9882 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9884 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9888 Further documentation is given in section
9889 \begin_inset Newline newline
9893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9895 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9903 \begin_layout Standard
9904 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9919 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9928 A protected space is set with
9930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9931 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9935 \begin_inset space ~
9945 arg "space-insert protected"
9951 \begin_layout Subsection
9953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9955 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9960 \begin_inset Index idx
9963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9964 Spacing ! Horizontal
9972 \begin_layout Standard
9973 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9975 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9976 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9980 The length units are listed in Appendix
9981 \begin_inset space ~
9985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9987 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9994 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9998 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10003 \begin_inset Index idx
10006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10007 Spaces ! Inter-word
10015 \begin_layout Standard
10017 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10021 \begin_inset space \space{}
10024 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10025 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10026 \begin_inset space ~
10030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10032 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10037 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10038 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10041 arg "space-insert normal"
10047 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10051 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10056 \begin_inset Index idx
10059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10077 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10086 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10087 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10088 inside abbreviations:
10091 \begin_layout Quote
10093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10097 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10100 \begin_layout Standard
10101 or between values and units.
10102 Compare for example this:
10103 \begin_inset Newline newline
10107 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10111 \begin_inset Newline newline
10114 10 kg (normal space
10117 \begin_layout Standard
10118 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10121 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10123 \begin_inset space ~
10131 arg "space-insert thin"
10137 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10141 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10148 \begin_layout Standard
10149 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10152 \begin_layout Description
10154 \begin_inset space ~
10158 \begin_inset space ~
10161 space A line with a
10162 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10166 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10170 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10173 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10176 \begin_layout Description
10178 \begin_inset space ~
10182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10186 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10190 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10194 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10198 \begin_inset space ~
10202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10205 em) space between the arrows.
10208 \begin_layout Description
10210 \begin_inset space ~
10214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10218 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10222 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10226 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10230 \begin_inset space ~
10234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10237 em) space between the arrows.
10240 \begin_layout Description
10242 \begin_inset space ~
10246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10250 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10254 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10258 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10262 \begin_inset space ~
10266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10269 em) space between the arrows.
10272 \begin_layout Description
10274 \begin_inset space ~
10278 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10282 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10287 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10294 cm space between the arrows.
10297 \begin_layout Standard
10299 \begin_inset space ~
10303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10305 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10309 lists the different space sizes.
10312 \begin_layout Standard
10313 \begin_inset Float table
10318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10320 \begin_inset Caption
10322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10325 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10329 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10339 \begin_inset Tabular
10340 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10341 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10342 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10343 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10431 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10470 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10566 \begin_inset Index idx
10569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10578 \begin_layout Standard
10579 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10580 in a uniform fashion.
10581 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10582 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10583 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10584 equally between themselves.
10588 \begin_layout Standard
10589 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10592 \begin_layout Quote
10594 This is on the left side
10595 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10598 This is on the right
10601 \begin_layout Quote
10604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10614 \begin_layout Quote
10617 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10621 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10631 \begin_layout Standard
10632 That was an example in the
10638 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10642 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10646 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10649 is one in a standard paragraph.
10650 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10654 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10657 \begin_layout Standard
10658 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10661 \begin_inset space ~
10666 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10671 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10675 \begin_inset space ~
10681 \begin_layout Standard
10683 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10687 \begin_inset space ~
10693 \begin_layout Standard
10695 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10699 \begin_inset space ~
10705 \begin_layout Standard
10707 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10711 \begin_inset space ~
10717 \begin_layout Standard
10719 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10723 \begin_inset space ~
10729 \begin_layout Standard
10731 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10735 \begin_inset space ~
10741 \begin_layout Standard
10742 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10750 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10754 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10755 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10756 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10760 option in the space dialog.
10768 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10772 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10777 \begin_inset Index idx
10780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10789 \begin_layout Standard
10790 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10792 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10796 \begin_inset space \space{}
10799 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10802 \begin_layout Standard
10803 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10806 What is correct English?:
10807 \begin_inset Newline newline
10811 \begin_inset Newline newline
10815 \begin_inset space ~
10818 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10819 \begin_inset Newline newline
10823 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10834 \begin_inset Newline newline
10838 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10849 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10855 \begin_layout Standard
10856 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10861 \begin_inset space ~
10865 \begin_inset space ~
10869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10873 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10875 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10876 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10880 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10886 \begin_inset space ~
10890 \begin_inset space ~
10894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10897 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10906 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10907 That is why it is named
10908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10916 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10917 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10921 \begin_layout Subsection
10923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10925 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10930 \begin_inset Index idx
10933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10942 \begin_layout Standard
10943 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10946 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10948 \begin_inset space ~
10954 There you find the following sizes:
10957 \begin_layout Standard
10970 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10975 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10977 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10981 \begin_inset Index idx
10984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10985 Document ! Settings
10990 for the paragraph separation.
10991 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11002 \begin_layout Standard
11008 \begin_inset Index idx
11011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11017 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11018 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11020 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11021 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11030 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11039 s are described in section
11040 \begin_inset space ~
11044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11046 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11055 If there are several
11059 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11060 You can therefore use
11064 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11067 \begin_layout Standard
11072 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11073 \begin_inset space ~
11077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11079 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11086 \begin_layout Standard
11087 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11097 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11098 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11110 \begin_layout Subsection
11111 Paragraph Alignment
11114 \begin_layout Standard
11115 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11117 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11121 There are five possibilities:
11124 \begin_layout Itemize
11132 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11138 \begin_layout Itemize
11146 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11152 \begin_layout Itemize
11160 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11166 \begin_layout Itemize
11174 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11180 \begin_layout Itemize
11188 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11194 \begin_layout Standard
11195 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11196 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11197 the left and right margins.
11198 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11201 \begin_layout Standard
11203 This paragraph is right aligned,
11206 \begin_layout Standard
11208 this one is centered,
11211 \begin_layout Standard
11213 this one is left aligned.
11216 \begin_layout Subsection
11218 \begin_inset Index idx
11221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11222 Page breaks ! Forced
11228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11230 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11237 \begin_layout Standard
11238 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11239 can force a page break where you want one.
11240 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11241 Only if you use a lot of
11245 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11248 \begin_layout Standard
11249 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11250 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11254 have to change the page breaking.
11257 \begin_layout Standard
11258 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11260 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11262 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11263 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11265 \begin_inset space ~
11271 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11273 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11274 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11276 \begin_inset space ~
11281 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11283 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11284 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11287 \begin_layout Standard
11288 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11289 at the top of a page.
11290 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11291 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11292 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11293 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11297 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11301 to learn more about
11308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11312 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11317 \begin_inset Index idx
11320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11321 Page breaks ! Clear
11329 \begin_layout Standard
11330 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11331 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11332 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11333 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11334 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11337 \begin_layout Standard
11338 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11340 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11341 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11343 \begin_inset space ~
11349 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11351 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11352 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11354 \begin_inset space ~
11358 \begin_inset space ~
11363 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11364 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11367 \begin_layout Subsection
11369 \begin_inset Index idx
11372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11381 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11388 \begin_layout Standard
11389 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11391 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11394 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11396 \begin_inset space ~
11400 \begin_inset space ~
11408 arg "newline-insert newline"
11412 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11415 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11417 \begin_inset space ~
11421 \begin_inset space ~
11426 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11428 This is useful to avoid
11429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11436 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11439 \begin_layout Standard
11440 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11441 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11442 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11443 set a line break, e.
11444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11448 \begin_inset space \space{}
11451 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11452 \begin_inset space ~
11456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11458 reference "sec:Quote"
11463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11465 reference "sec:Verse"
11470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11472 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11479 \begin_layout Subsection
11481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11483 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11488 \begin_inset Index idx
11491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11500 \begin_layout Standard
11502 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11513 \begin_layout Standard
11516 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11517 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11519 \begin_inset space ~
11524 you can insert horizontal lines.
11525 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11526 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11527 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11530 \begin_layout Standard
11532 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11543 \begin_layout Section
11544 Characters and Symbols
11547 \begin_layout Standard
11548 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11549 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11554 \begin_inset space \space{}
11557 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11565 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11569 for information on how this is done.
11572 \begin_layout Standard
11573 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11578 dialog via the menu
11580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11581 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11588 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11596 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11597 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11598 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11606 \begin_layout Section
11607 Fonts and Text Styles
11608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11610 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11617 \begin_layout Subsection
11619 \begin_inset Index idx
11622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11631 \begin_layout Standard
11632 There are two types of fonts:
11635 \begin_layout Description
11637 \begin_inset space ~
11641 \begin_inset Index idx
11644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11650 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11655 characters) in the font.
11656 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11657 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11658 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11659 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11660 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11661 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11662 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11663 \begin_inset Newline newline
11666 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11667 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11668 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11669 sizes than at small ones.
11670 \begin_inset Newline newline
11684 \begin_inset space ~
11692 \begin_layout Description
11694 \begin_inset space ~
11698 \begin_inset Index idx
11701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11707 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11708 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11709 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11710 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11711 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11712 picture manipulation program.
11713 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11714 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11715 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11716 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11717 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11719 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11720 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11721 \begin_inset Newline newline
11724 Bitmap fonts are named
11727 \begin_inset space ~
11732 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11735 \begin_layout Standard
11736 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11737 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11738 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11739 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11740 use scalable fonts.
11743 \begin_layout Standard
11744 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11745 its document properties.
11748 \begin_layout Standard
11749 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11750 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11751 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11752 font to emphasize text, you use an
11753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11761 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11762 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11766 \begin_layout Subsection
11768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11770 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11777 \begin_layout Standard
11778 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11779 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11780 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11782 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11783 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11784 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11785 to usual word processors.
11786 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11787 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11788 across different machines.
11789 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11790 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11792 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11794 \begin_inset space ~
11798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11800 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11805 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11806 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11810 \begin_layout Standard
11811 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11812 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11813 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11814 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11815 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11816 that is installed on your system.
11817 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11820 \begin_layout Standard
11821 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11829 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11830 es; so you might have to experiment.
11838 \begin_layout Standard
11839 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11847 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11848 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11856 \begin_layout Subsection
11857 Document Font and Font size
11858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11860 name "sub:Document-Font"
11865 \begin_inset Index idx
11868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11875 \begin_inset Index idx
11878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11887 \begin_layout Standard
11888 You can set the document fonts in the
11890 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11894 \begin_inset Index idx
11897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11898 Document ! Settings
11908 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11909 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11912 \begin_inset space ~
11921 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11922 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11926 \begin_layout Standard
11933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11942 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11943 This requires that you use
11949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11988 as output format, i.
11989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11993 \begin_inset space ~
11996 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11997 \begin_inset space ~
12001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12003 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12008 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12010 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12012 \begin_inset space ~
12015 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12016 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12017 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12019 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12022 \begin_layout Standard
12023 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12028 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12033 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12034 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12041 \begin_inset space ~
12047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12060 European Computer Modern
12063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12070 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12073 \begin_layout Standard
12082 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12083 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12088 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12091 \begin_inset space ~
12096 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12102 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12103 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12106 \begin_layout Itemize
12110 \begin_inset space ~
12115 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12128 \begin_inset space ~
12133 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12137 as the default font.
12138 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12139 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12142 \begin_inset space ~
12155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12156 One difference is improved kerning.
12164 \begin_layout Itemize
12168 \begin_inset space ~
12172 \begin_inset space ~
12177 fonts in (the rare) case that
12180 \begin_inset space ~
12185 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12200 Virtual means that it
12201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12212 -glyphs from other fonts.
12213 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12235 Loading the LaTeX-package
12240 \begin_inset Index idx
12243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12244 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12249 with the document preamble line
12250 \begin_inset Newline newline
12257 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12258 \begin_inset Newline newline
12263 will fix the guillemet problem.
12268 and that accented characters are not
12272 glyph, but build of
12276 characters, the accent and the letter.
12277 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12283 If you search for example for the French word
12284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12291 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12300 and not for the glyph
12301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12305 \begin_inset space ~
12309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12315 \begin_layout Itemize
12316 If you do not like the look of
12324 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12329 \begin_inset space ~
12335 \begin_inset space ~
12345 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12346 \begin_inset space ~
12349 serif and typewriter fonts,
12353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12354 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12355 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12361 \begin_inset space ~
12370 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12375 \begin_inset space \space{}
12383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12387 \begin_inset space \space{}
12393 \begin_inset space ~
12401 \begin_inset space ~
12411 but you can also select your own.
12412 \begin_inset Newline newline
12415 The differences between roman,
12418 \begin_inset space ~
12427 fonts are explained in section
12428 \begin_inset space ~
12432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12434 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12439 \begin_inset Newline newline
12445 \begin_inset space ~
12450 was originally designed for newspapers.
12451 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12452 into the small newspaper columns.
12456 \begin_inset space ~
12461 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12464 \begin_layout Standard
12465 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12478 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12483 depends on the class you are using.
12484 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12487 \begin_layout Standard
12488 Note that the font size is the
12493 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12494 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12495 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12498 \begin_inset space ~
12504 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12505 \begin_inset space ~
12509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12511 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12518 \begin_layout Standard
12523 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12525 \begin_inset space ~
12528 serif or typewriter.
12533 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12543 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12546 \begin_layout Standard
12555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12564 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12570 \begin_inset space ~
12574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12576 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12581 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12582 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12589 \begin_layout Standard
12590 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12592 Use Old Style Figures
12596 Use True Small Caps
12599 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12602 Use Old Style Figures
12604 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12610 \begin_inset space ~
12613 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12616 Use True Small Caps
12618 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12619 of scaled capitals.
12620 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12621 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12624 \begin_layout Standard
12629 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12630 a font to display the script characters.
12634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12635 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12640 So this has no effect for the document language
12656 \begin_layout Standard
12657 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12661 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12669 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12673 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12674 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12675 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12677 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12680 dialog, see section
12681 \begin_inset space ~
12685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12687 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12699 \begin_layout Subsection
12700 Using Different Character Styles
12701 \begin_inset Index idx
12704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12711 \begin_inset Index idx
12714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12723 \begin_layout Standard
12724 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12725 certain paragraph environments.
12726 LyX supports two character styles,
12735 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12739 \begin_layout Standard
12744 style, do one of the following:
12747 \begin_layout Itemize
12748 click on the toolbar button
12757 \begin_layout Itemize
12758 use the key binding
12767 \begin_layout Standard
12768 These commands are all toggles.
12773 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12776 \begin_layout Standard
12777 One typically uses the
12781 style for proper names.
12783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12790 is the original author of LyX.
12791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12797 \begin_layout Standard
12798 A more widely used character style is the
12803 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12810 \begin_layout Itemize
12811 clicking on the toolbar button
12820 \begin_layout Itemize
12821 using the keybindings
12830 \begin_layout Standard
12835 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12836 es use a different font.
12839 \begin_layout Standard
12840 We've been using the
12844 style all over the place in this document.
12845 Here's one more example:
12848 \begin_layout Quotation
12851 Don't overuse character styles!
12854 \begin_layout Standard
12855 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12856 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12857 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12858 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12862 \begin_layout Standard
12863 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12871 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12873 \begin_inset space ~
12881 \begin_layout Subsection
12882 Fine-Tuning with the
12887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12889 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12894 \begin_inset Index idx
12897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12906 \begin_layout Standard
12907 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12908 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12909 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12910 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12911 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12912 from ordinary dialog.
12915 \begin_layout Standard
12916 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12917 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12918 \begin_inset Newline newline
12921 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12922 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12925 \begin_layout Standard
12926 To use custom character styles, open the
12928 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12930 \begin_inset space ~
12933 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12936 dialog or press the toolbar button
12939 arg "dialog-show character"
12943 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12944 font property which you can choose.
12945 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12948 \begin_inset space ~
12953 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12958 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12959 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12960 environments in a snap.
12963 \begin_layout Standard
12964 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12967 \begin_inset space ~
12979 \begin_layout Labeling
12980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12994 The possible options are:
12998 \begin_layout Labeling
12999 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13004 This is the Roman font family.
13005 Normally a serif font.
13006 It's also the default family.
13016 \begin_layout Labeling
13017 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13021 \begin_inset space ~
13028 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13040 \begin_layout Labeling
13041 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13048 This is the Typewriter font family.
13054 arg "font-typewriter"
13063 \begin_layout Labeling
13064 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13069 This corresponds to the print weight.
13074 \begin_layout Labeling
13075 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13080 This is the Medium font series.
13081 It's also the default series.
13084 \begin_layout Labeling
13085 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13092 This is the Bold font series.
13105 \begin_layout Labeling
13106 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13111 As the name implies.
13116 \begin_layout Labeling
13117 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13122 This is the Upright font shape.
13123 It's also the default shape.
13126 \begin_layout Labeling
13127 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13141 s the Italic font shape
13147 \begin_layout Labeling
13148 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13155 This is the Slanted font shape
13157 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13160 \begin_layout Labeling
13161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13165 \begin_inset space ~
13172 This is the Small caps font shape
13179 \begin_layout Labeling
13180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13185 Alters the size of the font.
13186 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13187 proportional to the document font size.
13188 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13189 what you want to do.
13194 \begin_layout Labeling
13195 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13216 arg "font-size tiny"
13222 \begin_layout Labeling
13223 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13244 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13250 \begin_layout Labeling
13251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13272 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13278 \begin_layout Labeling
13279 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13300 arg "font-size small"
13306 \begin_layout Labeling
13307 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13321 It's also the default size.
13325 arg "font-size normal"
13331 \begin_layout Labeling
13332 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13353 arg "font-size large"
13359 \begin_layout Labeling
13360 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13381 arg "font-size larger"
13387 \begin_layout Labeling
13388 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13409 arg "font-size largest"
13415 \begin_layout Labeling
13416 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13437 arg "font-size huge"
13443 \begin_layout Labeling
13444 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13465 arg "font-size giant"
13471 \begin_layout Labeling
13472 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13477 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13497 arg "font-size increase"
13503 \begin_layout Labeling
13504 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13509 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13529 arg "font-size decrease"
13536 \begin_layout Standard
13541 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13542 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13543 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13544 — use that instead.
13545 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13548 \begin_layout Labeling
13549 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13554 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13559 \begin_layout Labeling
13560 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13567 This is text with emphasize on
13570 This might seem like the same as
13574 , but it is actually a bit different.
13580 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13582 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13585 \begin_layout Labeling
13586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13593 This is text with Underbar on.
13599 arg "font-underline"
13605 \begin_inset Newline newline
13610 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13611 when you could not change fonts.
13612 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13613 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13617 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13620 \begin_layout Labeling
13621 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13625 \begin_inset space ~
13632 This is text with Double underbar on.
13638 arg "font-underunderline"
13642 \begin_inset Newline newline
13645 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13646 about double underbar.
13649 \begin_layout Labeling
13650 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13654 \begin_inset space ~
13661 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13667 arg "font-underwave"
13671 \begin_inset Newline newline
13674 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13675 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13678 \begin_layout Labeling
13679 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13686 This is text with Strikeout on.
13692 arg "font-strikeout"
13696 \begin_inset Newline newline
13699 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13700 changed in the meantime.
13703 \begin_layout Labeling
13704 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13711 This is text with Noun on.
13718 , this is a logical attribute.
13719 Normally it's equivalent to
13722 \begin_inset space ~
13731 \begin_layout Labeling
13732 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13737 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13738 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13742 \begin_inset space ~
13747 , which is the default
13748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13755 and means normally black, you can choose between
13788 \begin_inset Index idx
13791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13800 \begin_layout Labeling
13801 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13806 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13807 the language of the document.
13808 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13810 \begin_inset Newline newline
13813 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13814 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13815 When using the spell checking (see section
13816 \begin_inset space ~
13820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13822 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13826 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13829 \begin_layout Standard
13830 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13831 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13833 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13835 \begin_inset space ~
13840 dialog, the settings are saved.
13841 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13844 arg "textstyle-apply"
13848 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13853 \begin_layout Standard
13854 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13861 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13862 (suppose you just set the shape to
13863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13881 \begin_inset space ~
13893 \begin_layout Standard
13894 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13902 \begin_inset space ~
13914 \begin_layout Itemize
13920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13927 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13945 \begin_inset Newline newline
13949 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13963 \begin_inset Note Note
13966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13967 For more on phantoms see section
13968 \begin_inset space ~
13972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13974 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13984 \begin_inset Newline newline
13990 \begin_layout Itemize
13995 fonts use characters with serifs.
13996 These are the small
13997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14004 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14005 The following example will show the difference:
14006 \begin_inset Newline newline
14010 \begin_inset Newline newline
14015 text without serifs
14018 \begin_inset Newline newline
14021 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14022 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14029 \begin_layout Itemize
14035 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14036 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14039 \begin_layout Standard
14040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14047 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14048 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14049 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14051 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14052 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14053 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14070 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14071 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14079 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14088 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14123 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14132 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14136 \begin_layout Standard
14137 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14138 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14141 \begin_layout Section
14142 Printing and Previewing
14145 \begin_layout Subsection
14149 \begin_layout Standard
14150 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14151 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14152 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14153 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14154 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14156 Additional Features
14161 \begin_layout Standard
14162 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14163 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14164 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14165 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14166 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14167 This happens in two stages:
14170 \begin_layout Enumerate
14171 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14172 generating a file with the extension,
14173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14187 \begin_layout Enumerate
14188 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14192 file to produce printable output.
14196 \begin_layout Subsection
14197 Output file formats
14198 \begin_inset Index idx
14201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14210 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14217 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14218 Simple text (ASCII)
14219 \begin_inset Index idx
14222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14223 File formats ! ASCII
14231 \begin_layout Standard
14232 This file type has the extension
14233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14245 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14249 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14256 \begin_layout Standard
14257 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14259 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14260 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14262 \begin_inset space ~
14269 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14270 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14272 \begin_inset space ~
14276 \begin_inset space ~
14282 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14286 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14288 \begin_inset Index idx
14291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14292 File formats ! LaTeX
14300 \begin_layout Standard
14301 This file type has the extension
14302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14313 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14315 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14316 it manually with console commands.
14317 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14318 you view or export your document.
14321 \begin_layout Standard
14322 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14324 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14325 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14344 \begin_inset Index idx
14347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14356 \begin_layout Standard
14357 This file type has the extension
14358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14378 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14379 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14380 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14384 \begin_layout Standard
14385 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14386 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14387 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14388 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14390 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14393 \begin_layout Standard
14394 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14396 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14397 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14402 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14403 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14405 \begin_inset space ~
14412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14422 The latter option uses the program
14431 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14432 font access (see section
14433 \begin_inset space ~
14437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14439 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14444 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14448 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14450 \begin_inset Index idx
14453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14454 File formats ! PostScript
14462 \begin_layout Standard
14463 This file type has the extension
14464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14476 PostScript was developed by the company
14480 as a printer language.
14481 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14483 PostScript can be seen as a
14484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14487 programming language
14488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14491 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14496 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14502 \begin_inset Index idx
14505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14506 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14516 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14519 \begin_layout Standard
14520 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14524 Encapsulated PostScript
14525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14528 (EPS, file extension
14529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14541 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14542 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14547 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14548 \begin_inset space ~
14551 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14552 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14553 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14554 EPS to avoid this problem.
14557 \begin_layout Standard
14558 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14560 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14561 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14567 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14569 \begin_inset Index idx
14572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14579 \begin_inset Index idx
14582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14591 \begin_layout Standard
14592 This file type has the extension
14593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14609 Portable Document Format
14610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14617 was derived from PostScript.
14618 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14627 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14628 looks exactly the same.
14631 \begin_layout Standard
14632 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14636 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14640 (JPG, file extension
14641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14668 Portable Network Graphics
14669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14672 (PNG, file extension
14673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14685 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14686 in the background to one of these formats.
14687 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14688 will slow down your workflow.
14689 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14692 \begin_layout Standard
14693 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14695 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14698 in three different ways:
14701 \begin_layout Description
14702 PDF This uses the program
14706 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14707 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14711 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14712 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14715 \begin_layout Description
14717 \begin_inset space ~
14720 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14724 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14728 \begin_layout Description
14730 \begin_inset space ~
14733 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14737 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14740 \begin_layout Description
14742 \begin_inset space ~
14749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14756 X) This uses the program
14760 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14765 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14766 font access (see section
14767 \begin_inset space ~
14771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14773 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14778 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14779 y written Japanese.
14782 \begin_layout Description
14784 \begin_inset space ~
14791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14798 X) This uses the program
14802 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14807 is an even newer engine, derived from
14811 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14812 access (see section
14813 \begin_inset space ~
14817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14819 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14824 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14828 \begin_layout Standard
14829 We recommend to use
14832 \begin_inset space ~
14841 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14842 works without problems.
14843 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14844 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14848 \begin_inset space ~
14855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14867 \begin_inset space ~
14874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14883 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14891 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14893 \begin_inset Index idx
14896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14897 FileFormats ! XHTML
14903 \begin_inset Index idx
14906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14915 \begin_layout Standard
14916 This file type has the extension
14917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14929 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14930 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14931 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14932 suitable for the purpose.
14933 For the math output you can choose in the menu
14935 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14936 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14939 between different formats, that are described in section
14941 Math Output in XHTML
14946 \begin_inset space ~
14954 \begin_layout Standard
14955 XHTML output remains
14956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14963 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14966 LyX and the World Wide Web
14970 Additional Features
14972 manual, for more information.
14975 \begin_layout Standard
14976 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14978 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14979 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14985 \begin_layout Subsection
14987 \begin_inset Index idx
14990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14999 \begin_layout Standard
15000 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15001 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15010 or the toolbar button
15017 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15018 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15019 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15025 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15029 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15037 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15042 Further output formats can be selected via
15044 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15047 or the toolbar button
15048 \begin_inset Graphics
15049 filename ../images/view-others.png
15051 groupId toolbarbuttons
15058 \begin_layout Standard
15059 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15060 viewer window using the menu
15062 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15067 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15068 Update (Other Formats)
15073 \begin_layout Standard
15074 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15076 To have a real output, export your document.
15079 \begin_layout Subsection
15080 Printing the File from within LyX
15081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15083 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15090 \begin_layout Standard
15091 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15092 it directly from within LyX.
15093 To print a file, select the menu
15095 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15098 or click on the toolbar button
15101 arg "dialog-show print"
15105 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15106 This file is then processed by the program
15110 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15115 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15118 \begin_layout Standard
15119 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15120 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15121 printing one set to print on the other side.
15122 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15123 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15124 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15127 \begin_layout Standard
15128 You can set the parameters in the
15131 \begin_inset space ~
15139 \begin_layout Labeling
15140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15145 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15150 Note that this printer name is for the program
15159 has to be configured for this printer name.
15160 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15161 \begin_inset space ~
15165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15167 reference "sub:Printer"
15176 The printer should understand PostScript.
15179 \begin_layout Labeling
15180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15185 The name of a file to print to.
15186 The output will be a PostScript file.
15187 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15191 \begin_layout Section
15192 A few Words about Typography
15193 \begin_inset Index idx
15196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15205 \begin_layout Subsection
15207 \begin_inset Index idx
15210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15219 \begin_layout Standard
15221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15232 character comes in four lengths: the
15244 , and the minus sign:
15245 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15251 \begin_layout Standard
15252 \begin_inset Tabular
15253 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15254 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15255 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15256 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15257 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15258 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15287 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15327 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15354 \begin_inset space ~
15357 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15364 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15389 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15391 \begin_inset space ~
15394 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15415 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15449 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15455 \begin_layout Standard
15456 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15468 character multiple times in a row.
15469 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15470 the final output, but not in LyX.
15472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15502 \begin_layout Standard
15503 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15504 math mode and has a length of its own.
15505 Here are some examples of the
15506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15520 \begin_layout Enumerate
15521 line- and page-breaks
15522 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15532 \begin_layout Enumerate
15534 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15544 \begin_layout Enumerate
15545 Oh — there's a dash.
15546 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15556 \begin_layout Enumerate
15557 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15561 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15571 \begin_layout Subsection
15573 \begin_inset Index idx
15576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15585 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15592 \begin_layout Standard
15593 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15594 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15599 \begin_inset Index idx
15602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15603 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15608 following the rules of the document language.
15611 \begin_layout Standard
15612 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15617 font and with unusual constructs, like
15618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15626 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15628 This is done with the menu
15630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15631 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15633 \begin_inset space ~
15639 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15640 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15643 \begin_layout Standard
15644 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15645 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15655 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15663 as a hyphenation possibility.
15664 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15665 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15666 as described in section
15667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15670 Prevent Hyphenation
15671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15677 \begin_inset space ~
15685 \begin_layout Subsection
15687 \begin_inset Index idx
15690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15699 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15700 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15703 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15710 \begin_layout Standard
15711 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15712 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15713 LaTeX then adds the
15714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15717 appropriate amount of space
15718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15722 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15724 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15727 \begin_layout Standard
15728 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15729 not work in all cases.
15731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15742 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15743 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15746 \begin_layout Standard
15747 Here are some examples of
15751 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15754 \begin_layout Itemize
15759 \begin_layout Itemize
15764 \begin_layout Standard
15765 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15768 \begin_layout Itemize
15770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15774 this is too much space!
15777 \begin_layout Itemize
15782 \begin_layout Standard
15783 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15786 \begin_layout Standard
15787 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15790 \begin_layout Enumerate
15794 \begin_inset space ~
15799 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15800 \begin_inset space ~
15804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15806 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15811 \begin_inset Index idx
15814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15815 Spaces ! inter-word
15823 \begin_layout Enumerate
15827 \begin_inset space ~
15832 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15833 \begin_inset space ~
15837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15839 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15844 \begin_inset Index idx
15847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15856 \begin_layout Enumerate
15860 \begin_inset space ~
15864 \begin_inset space ~
15868 \begin_inset space ~
15875 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15877 \begin_inset space ~
15882 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15883 This function is also bound to
15886 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15892 \begin_layout Standard
15893 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15896 \begin_layout Itemize
15898 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15902 \begin_inset space \space{}
15905 this is too much space!
15908 \begin_layout Itemize
15909 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15913 \begin_layout Standard
15914 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15915 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15916 will take care of this.
15919 \begin_layout Standard
15920 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15924 \begin_inset space ~
15929 feature described in section
15935 Additional Features
15940 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15942 \begin_inset Index idx
15945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15946 Typography ! Quotes
15952 \begin_inset Index idx
15955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15986 \begin_layout Standard
15987 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15988 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15989 and use a closing quote at the end.
15991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15999 The keyboard character,
16003 , generates this automatically.
16006 \begin_layout Standard
16007 You can specify what character the
16011 key produces using the submenu
16017 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16021 \begin_inset Index idx
16024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16025 Document ! Settings
16035 There are six choices:
16038 \begin_layout Labeling
16039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16051 Use quotes like this
16052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16062 \begin_layout Labeling
16063 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16066 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16070 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16076 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16080 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16086 \begin_layout Labeling
16087 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16090 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16094 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16100 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16104 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16110 \begin_layout Labeling
16111 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16114 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16118 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16124 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16128 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16134 \begin_layout Labeling
16135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16138 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16142 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16148 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16152 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16158 \begin_layout Labeling
16159 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16162 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16166 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16172 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16176 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16182 \begin_layout Subsection
16184 \begin_inset Index idx
16187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16188 Typography ! Ligatures
16194 \begin_inset Index idx
16197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16228 name "sub:Ligatures"
16235 \begin_layout Standard
16236 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16237 print them as single characters.
16238 These groups are known as
16243 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16245 Here are the standard ligatures:
16248 \begin_layout Itemize
16252 \begin_layout Itemize
16256 \begin_layout Itemize
16260 \begin_layout Itemize
16264 \begin_layout Itemize
16268 \begin_layout Standard
16269 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16272 \begin_layout Standard
16273 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16274 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16282 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16298 To break a ligature, use
16300 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16301 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16303 \begin_inset space ~
16310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16321 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16338 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16346 \begin_layout Subsection
16348 \begin_inset Index idx
16351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16360 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16367 \begin_layout Standard
16368 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16369 characters in different sizes and heights.
16370 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16371 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16391 \begin_inset Note Note
16394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16395 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16403 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16404 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16409 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16413 \begin_layout Description
16414 LyX The name of the game, write
16415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16436 \begin_layout Description
16437 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16459 \begin_layout Description
16460 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16482 \begin_layout Description
16483 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16505 \begin_layout Standard
16506 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16511 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16519 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16520 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16521 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16524 : The actual version is
16525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16532 , the previous one was
16533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16543 \begin_layout Standard
16544 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16549 \begin_inset space \space{}
16552 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16554 This will look in LyX like:
16555 \begin_inset Graphics
16556 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16562 \begin_inset Newline newline
16565 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16566 \begin_inset space ~
16570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16572 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16579 \begin_layout Subsection
16581 \begin_inset Index idx
16584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16593 \begin_layout Standard
16594 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16595 space between two words.
16596 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16606 for units use the menu
16608 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16609 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16611 \begin_inset space ~
16619 arg "space-insert thin"
16625 \begin_layout Standard
16626 Here is an example to show the differences:
16629 \begin_layout Standard
16630 \begin_inset Tabular
16631 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16632 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16633 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16634 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16641 \begin_inset space ~
16645 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16657 space between number and unit
16664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16673 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16685 half space between number and unit
16698 \begin_layout Subsection
16700 \begin_inset Index idx
16703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16704 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16712 \begin_layout Standard
16713 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16715 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16716 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16717 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16718 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16719 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16720 These bits of text became known as
16731 \begin_layout Standard
16732 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16733 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16734 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16735 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16736 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16737 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16738 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16741 \begin_layout Standard
16742 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16743 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16744 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16745 \begin_inset space ~
16749 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16751 key "latexcompanion"
16756 \begin_inset space ~
16760 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16766 ) may have more information.
16767 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16770 \begin_layout Chapter
16771 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16774 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16781 \begin_layout Standard
16782 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16785 \begin_inset space ~
16791 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16794 \begin_layout Section
16796 \begin_inset Index idx
16799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16815 \begin_layout Standard
16816 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16819 \begin_layout Description
16821 \begin_inset space ~
16824 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16825 \begin_inset Newline newline
16829 \begin_inset Note Note
16832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16833 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16841 \begin_layout Description
16842 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16843 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16845 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16846 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16848 \begin_inset space ~
16854 \begin_inset Newline newline
16858 \begin_inset Note Comment
16861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16862 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16870 \begin_layout Description
16872 \begin_inset space ~
16875 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16876 set in the document settings under
16878 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16880 \begin_inset space ~
16886 \begin_inset Newline newline
16890 \begin_inset Newline newline
16894 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16903 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16904 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16909 of a comment that appears in the output.
16915 \begin_inset Newline newline
16919 \begin_inset Newline newline
16922 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16923 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16926 \begin_layout Standard
16927 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16935 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16939 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16942 \begin_layout Section
16944 \begin_inset Index idx
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16956 name "sec:Footnotes"
16963 \begin_layout Standard
16964 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16967 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16970 or the toolbar button
16973 arg "footnote-insert"
16985 \begin_inset Graphics
16986 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16995 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17024 label, the box will
17028 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17029 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17042 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17058 \begin_layout Standard
17059 Here is an example footnote:
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17076 \begin_layout Standard
17077 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17078 position where the footnote box is placed.
17079 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17080 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17081 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17083 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17084 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17089 ey are described in the
17092 \begin_inset space ~
17100 \begin_layout Section
17102 \begin_inset Index idx
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17114 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17121 \begin_layout Standard
17122 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17123 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17127 \begin_inset space ~
17132 or the toolbar button
17135 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17161 appearing within your text.
17162 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17171 \begin_layout Standard
17172 At the side is an example marginal note.
17176 \begin_inset Marginal
17179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 This is a marginal note.
17188 \begin_layout Standard
17189 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17190 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17191 pages, right on odd pages.
17194 \begin_layout Standard
17195 For further information about marginal notes see section
17198 \begin_inset space ~
17206 \begin_inset space ~
17214 \begin_layout Section
17215 Graphics and Images
17216 \begin_inset Index idx
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 \begin_inset Index idx
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17238 name "sec:Graphics"
17245 \begin_layout Standard
17246 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17247 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17250 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17259 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17262 \begin_layout Standard
17263 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17268 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17269 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17271 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17272 \begin_inset space ~
17276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17278 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17285 \begin_layout Standard
17290 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17291 of the image in the output.
17292 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17296 \begin_inset space ~
17300 \begin_inset space ~
17309 \begin_inset space ~
17313 \begin_inset space ~
17317 \begin_inset space ~
17322 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17323 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17331 \begin_layout Standard
17334 LaTeX and LyX options
17336 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17337 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17341 \begin_inset space ~
17346 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17347 with the image size is printed.
17351 \begin_inset space ~
17355 \begin_inset space ~
17359 \begin_inset space ~
17364 is explained in the
17367 \begin_inset space ~
17379 \begin_layout Standard
17380 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17381 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17383 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17387 \begin_layout Standard
17389 \begin_inset Graphics
17390 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17398 \begin_layout Standard
17399 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17400 the image into a float, see section
17401 \begin_inset space ~
17405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17407 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17414 \begin_layout Subsection
17416 \begin_inset Index idx
17419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17428 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17435 \begin_layout Standard
17436 You can insert images in any known file format.
17437 But as we explained in section
17438 \begin_inset space ~
17442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17444 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17448 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17449 LyX uses therefore the program
17453 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17454 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17455 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17456 \begin_inset space ~
17460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17462 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17469 \begin_layout Standard
17470 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17473 \begin_layout Description
17475 \begin_inset space ~
17478 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17479 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17480 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17484 Graphics Interchange Format
17485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17488 (GIF, file extension
17489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17501 \begin_inset Index idx
17504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17536 Portable Network Graphics
17537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17540 (PNG, file extension
17541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17553 \begin_inset Index idx
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17588 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17592 (JPG, file extension
17593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17617 \begin_inset Index idx
17620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17651 \begin_layout Description
17653 \begin_inset space ~
17656 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17658 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17659 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17660 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17661 \begin_inset Newline newline
17664 Scalable image formats can be
17665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17668 Scalable Vector Graphics
17669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17672 (SVG, file extension
17673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17685 \begin_inset Index idx
17688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17720 Encapsulated PostScript
17721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17724 (EPS, file extension
17725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17737 \begin_inset Index idx
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17772 Portable Document Format
17773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17776 (PDF, file extension
17777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17789 \begin_inset Index idx
17792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17799 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17800 or EPS and the result will not be scalable.
17801 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17807 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17815 \begin_layout Standard
17816 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17820 \begin_layout Subsection
17821 Grouping of Image Settings
17822 \begin_inset Index idx
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17826 Images ! Settings grouping
17834 \begin_layout Standard
17835 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17837 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17838 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17840 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17841 need to manually change each of them.
17845 \begin_layout Standard
17846 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17849 \begin_inset space ~
17854 field in the Graphics dialog.
17855 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17856 by checking the name of the desired group.
17859 \begin_layout Section
17861 \begin_inset Index idx
17864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17871 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17880 \begin_layout Standard
17881 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17884 arg "tabular-insert"
17889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17893 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17894 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17895 from the rest of the table.
17896 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17897 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17899 Here is an example table:
17902 \begin_layout Standard
17904 \begin_inset Tabular
17905 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17906 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17907 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17908 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17909 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17910 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 \begin_layout Subsection
18114 \begin_layout Standard
18115 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18116 brings up the table dialog.
18117 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18118 where the cursor is placed currently.
18119 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18120 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18121 done on all of your selection.
18124 \begin_layout Standard
18125 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18128 \begin_inset space ~
18133 helps you in setting table properties.
18134 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18137 \begin_layout Standard
18141 \begin_inset space ~
18146 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18147 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18148 current cell respectively.
18149 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18151 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18152 of text, see section
18153 \begin_inset space ~
18157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18159 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18166 \begin_layout Standard
18167 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18168 using the check box
18177 This will merge the cells to
18181 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18182 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18183 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18184 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18185 in the last row without the upper border:
18188 \begin_layout Standard
18190 \begin_inset Tabular
18191 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18192 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18193 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18194 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18195 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18196 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18292 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18327 \begin_layout Standard
18328 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18329 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18330 explained in the tables section of the
18333 \begin_inset space ~
18339 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18340 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18343 degrees counterclockwise.
18344 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18347 \begin_layout Standard
18348 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 Most DVI-viewers are
18360 able to display rotations.
18368 \begin_layout Standard
18373 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18378 adds lines for all cell borders.
18381 \begin_layout Subsection
18383 \begin_inset Index idx
18386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 Tables ! Longtables
18393 \begin_inset Index idx
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18405 \begin_layout Standard
18406 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18409 \begin_inset space ~
18413 \begin_inset space ~
18422 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18423 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18426 \begin_layout Description
18431 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18432 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18433 except for the first page, if
18436 \begin_inset space ~
18444 \begin_layout Description
18448 \begin_inset space ~
18453 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18454 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18457 \begin_layout Description
18462 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18463 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18464 except for the last page, if
18467 \begin_inset space ~
18475 \begin_layout Description
18479 \begin_inset space ~
18484 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18485 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18488 \begin_layout Description
18489 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18490 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18492 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18496 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18499 \begin_inset space ~
18507 \begin_layout Standard
18508 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18509 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18510 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18511 The others will then be defined as
18516 In this context, first means first in this order:
18519 \begin_inset space ~
18531 \begin_inset space ~
18537 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18540 \begin_layout Standard
18542 \begin_inset Tabular
18543 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18544 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18545 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18546 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18547 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18548 <row endfirsthead="true">
18549 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18555 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18560 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18569 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18579 <row endfirsthead="true">
18580 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18591 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18600 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18612 <row endhead="true">
18613 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18633 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18643 <row endhead="true">
18644 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18664 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <row endfoot="true">
18677 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19669 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19678 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19687 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19698 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19729 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19760 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19791 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19822 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19853 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19884 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19915 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19946 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19977 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20008 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20039 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20070 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20101 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20132 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20163 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20194 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20225 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20256 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20287 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20318 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20349 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20380 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20411 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20442 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20473 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20504 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20535 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20566 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20597 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20628 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20658 <row endlastfoot="true">
20659 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20670 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20679 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20696 \begin_layout Subsection
20698 \begin_inset Index idx
20701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20710 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20717 \begin_layout Standard
20718 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20719 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20720 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20721 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20725 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20726 for the cell's paragraph.
20729 \begin_layout Standard
20730 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20731 for the column in the table dialog.
20732 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20733 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20737 \begin_layout Standard
20739 \begin_inset Tabular
20740 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20741 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20742 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20743 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20744 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20764 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20833 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20889 This is longer now.
20894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20945 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20946 This is longer now.
20951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20977 \begin_layout Standard
20978 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20979 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20984 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20985 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20991 Selection with the mouse or with
20995 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20996 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20997 the selection from outside the table.
21000 \begin_layout Section
21002 \begin_inset Index idx
21005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21021 \begin_layout Subsection
21025 \begin_layout Standard
21026 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21027 have a fixed location.
21029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21036 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21044 \begin_inset space ~
21049 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21050 too many notes on the page.
21053 \begin_layout Standard
21054 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21055 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21056 and pages without text.
21057 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21058 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21059 Floats are therefore numbered.
21060 Referencing is described in section
21061 \begin_inset space ~
21065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21067 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21074 \begin_layout Standard
21075 To insert a float, use the menu
21077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21081 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21082 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21084 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21085 \begin_inset Index idx
21088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21094 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21095 paragraph within the float.
21096 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21097 by left-clicking on the box label.
21098 A closed float box looks like this:
21099 \begin_inset Graphics
21100 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21105 – a gray button with a red label.
21108 \begin_layout Standard
21109 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21110 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21113 \begin_layout Subsection
21117 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21121 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21126 \begin_inset Index idx
21129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21130 Floats ! Figure floats
21138 \begin_layout Standard
21140 \begin_inset space ~
21144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21146 reference "cap:Platypus"
21150 was created using the menu
21152 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21153 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21156 or the toolbar button
21159 arg "float-insert figure"
21163 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21166 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21169 or the toolbar button
21172 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21176 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21177 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21179 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21181 \begin_inset space ~
21186 or the toolbar button
21189 arg "layout-paragraph"
21195 \begin_layout Standard
21196 \begin_inset Float figure
21201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21203 \begin_inset Graphics
21204 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21214 \begin_inset Caption
21216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21219 name "cap:Platypus"
21223 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21236 \begin_layout Standard
21237 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21239 As described in section
21240 \begin_inset space ~
21244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21246 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21250 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21255 or the toolbar button
21261 and refer to it using the menu
21263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21266 or the toolbar button
21269 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21273 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21282 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21294 \begin_layout Standard
21295 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21296 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21297 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21298 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21299 as described in section
21300 \begin_inset space ~
21304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21306 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21312 \begin_inset space ~
21316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21318 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21322 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21323 You can also set the images one below the other.
21325 \begin_inset space ~
21329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21331 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21338 reference "fig:Platypus"
21342 are the subfigures.
21345 \begin_layout Standard
21346 \begin_inset Float figure
21351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21352 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21356 \begin_inset Float figure
21361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21362 \begin_inset Caption
21364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21367 name "fig:Undefinable"
21379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21380 \begin_inset Graphics
21381 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21392 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21396 \begin_inset Float figure
21401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21402 \begin_inset Caption
21404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21407 name "fig:Platypus"
21419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21420 \begin_inset Graphics
21421 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21433 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21440 \begin_inset Caption
21442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21445 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21449 Two distorted images.
21462 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21464 \begin_inset Index idx
21467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21468 Floats ! Table floats
21476 \begin_layout Standard
21477 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21480 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21483 or the toolbar botton
21486 arg "float-insert table"
21490 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21493 \begin_inset space ~
21497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21499 reference "cap:Table-float"
21506 \begin_layout Standard
21507 \begin_inset Float table
21512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21513 \begin_inset Caption
21515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21518 name "cap:Table-float"
21530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21532 \begin_inset Tabular
21533 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21534 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21535 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21536 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21537 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21664 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21685 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21688 \end{array}\right]$
21696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21709 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21730 \begin_layout Subsection
21732 \begin_inset Index idx
21735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21744 \begin_layout Standard
21745 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21746 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21747 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21749 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21757 \begin_inset space ~
21765 \begin_layout Section
21767 \begin_inset Index idx
21770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21779 name "sec:Minipages"
21786 \begin_layout Standard
21787 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21789 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21790 \begin_inset space ~
21797 \begin_layout Standard
21798 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21804 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21805 and its alignment within the page.
21808 \begin_layout Standard
21810 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21820 height_special "totalheight"
21823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21826 This is a minipage.
21827 The text is set in an italic style.
21830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21833 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21834 another formatting.
21842 \begin_layout Standard
21843 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21846 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21850 as described in section
21851 \begin_inset space ~
21855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21857 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21862 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21868 \begin_layout Standard
21869 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21879 height_special "totalheight"
21882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21883 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21884 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21890 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21894 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21904 height_special "totalheight"
21907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21908 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21909 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21917 \begin_layout Standard
21918 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21924 \begin_layout Standard
21925 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21926 to other box types.
21927 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21934 \begin_inset space ~
21942 \begin_layout Chapter
21943 Mathematical Formulas
21944 \begin_inset Index idx
21947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21954 \begin_inset Index idx
21957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21988 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21995 \begin_layout Standard
21996 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22001 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22004 \begin_layout Section
22006 \begin_inset Index idx
22009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22018 \begin_layout Standard
22019 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22026 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22028 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22029 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22030 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22032 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22038 \begin_layout Standard
22039 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22043 \begin_inset space ~
22048 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22051 \begin_layout Standard
22052 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22053 line, like this one:
22056 \begin_layout Standard
22057 This is a line with an inline formula
22058 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22064 \begin_layout Standard
22065 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22067 \begin_inset Formula
22074 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22077 \begin_layout Standard
22078 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22084 \begin_inset space \space{}
22088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22101 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22102 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22106 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22109 \begin_inset space ~
22117 \begin_layout Subsection
22118 Navigating in Formulas
22119 \begin_inset Index idx
22122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22131 \begin_layout Standard
22132 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22133 achieved with the arrow keys.
22134 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22135 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22140 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22141 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22145 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22149 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22152 \end{array}\right]$
22160 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22165 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22166 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22169 \begin_layout Standard
22174 , printed in this document as
22175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22196 \begin_inset Note Note
22199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22200 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22201 space character (visible space).
22206 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22207 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22208 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22213 For example, if you want
22214 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22268 , since in the latter case only the
22271 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22276 will be under the square root sign:
22277 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22283 \begin_layout Standard
22284 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22286 \begin_inset Formula
22288 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22297 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22298 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22301 \begin_layout Subsection
22305 \begin_layout Standard
22306 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22307 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22311 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22312 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22313 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22314 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22315 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22318 \begin_layout Subsection
22319 Exponents and Subscripts
22320 \begin_inset Index idx
22323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22330 \begin_inset Index idx
22333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22342 \begin_layout Standard
22343 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22344 way is to use a command.
22346 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22349 , type in a formula
22355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22371 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22377 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22381 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22402 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22411 , you have to use an extra
22415 to separate the hat and the character.
22417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22421 \begin_inset space \space{}
22425 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22446 Subscripts are similar: To get
22447 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22470 \begin_layout Subsection
22472 \begin_inset Index idx
22475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22484 \begin_layout Standard
22485 Create a fraction with either the command
22492 \begin_inset Graphics
22493 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22501 \begin_inset space ~
22507 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22508 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22509 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22514 To move back up, press
22519 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22520 \begin_inset Formula
22522 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22525 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22533 \begin_layout Subsection
22535 \begin_inset Index idx
22538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22547 \begin_layout Standard
22548 Roots can be created using the
22551 \begin_inset space ~
22557 \begin_inset Graphics
22558 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22560 groupId toolbarbuttons
22583 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22589 produces always a square root.
22592 \begin_layout Subsection
22593 Operators with Limits
22594 \begin_inset Index idx
22597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22604 \begin_inset Index idx
22607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22616 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22623 \begin_layout Standard
22625 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22629 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22632 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22633 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22634 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22635 The sum operator will automatically place its
22636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22643 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22646 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22650 \begin_inset Formula
22652 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22657 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22661 \begin_layout Standard
22662 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22664 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22665 behind the operator and hitting
22673 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22674 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22676 \begin_inset space ~
22680 \begin_inset space ~
22688 \begin_layout Standard
22689 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22697 feature as addition, such as
22698 \begin_inset Index idx
22701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22708 \begin_inset Formula
22710 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22715 which will place the
22716 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22728 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22729 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22735 \begin_layout Standard
22736 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22743 Have a look at section
22744 \begin_inset space ~
22748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22750 reference "sub:Functions"
22754 for an explanation of function macros.
22757 \begin_layout Subsection
22759 \begin_inset Index idx
22762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22771 \begin_layout Standard
22772 Most math symbols can be found in the
22775 \begin_inset space ~
22780 under one of several categories; including
22797 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22801 \begin_layout Standard
22802 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22803 you don't have to use the
22806 \begin_inset space ~
22811 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22812 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22815 \begin_layout Subsection
22817 \begin_inset Index idx
22820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22829 \begin_layout Standard
22830 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22835 arg "space-insert protected"
22841 \begin_inset space ~
22847 \begin_inset Graphics
22848 filename ../images/math/space.png
22850 groupId toolbarbuttons
22855 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22856 For example, the sequence
22861 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22865 \begin_inset Graphics
22866 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22871 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22872 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22873 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22874 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22876 Here are two examples:
22879 \begin_layout Standard
22889 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22895 \begin_layout Standard
22905 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22911 \begin_layout Subsection
22913 \begin_inset Index idx
22916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22925 name "sub:Functions"
22932 \begin_layout Standard
22936 \begin_inset space ~
22941 contains under the button
22942 \begin_inset Graphics
22943 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22945 groupId toolbarbuttons
22949 a number of function macros, such as
22950 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22954 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22962 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22969 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22970 avoid confusions, because
22971 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22975 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22981 \begin_layout Standard
22982 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22984 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22988 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22994 \begin_layout Standard
22995 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22996 s are placed, as described in section
22997 \begin_inset space ~
23001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23003 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23010 \begin_layout Subsection
23012 \begin_inset Index idx
23015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23024 \begin_layout Standard
23025 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23027 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23028 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23033 \begin_inset space \space{}
23037 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23040 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23041 Our example is entered by typing
23049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23062 \begin_inset space ~
23066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23068 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23072 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23075 \begin_layout Standard
23076 \begin_inset Float table
23081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23082 \begin_inset Caption
23084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23087 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23091 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23101 \begin_inset Tabular
23102 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23103 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23190 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23244 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23298 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23352 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23406 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23460 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23514 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23568 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23622 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23667 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23688 \begin_layout Standard
23689 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23692 \begin_inset space ~
23698 \begin_inset Graphics
23699 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23701 groupId toolbarbuttons
23705 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23709 \begin_layout Section
23710 Brackets and Delimiters
23711 \begin_inset Index idx
23714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23721 \begin_inset Index idx
23724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23731 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23733 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23740 \begin_layout Standard
23741 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23742 For most purposes, using just the keys
23747 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23748 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23749 toolbar delimiter icon
23752 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23756 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23758 \begin_inset Formula
23760 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23768 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23769 \begin_inset Formula
23771 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23779 \begin_layout Standard
23780 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23781 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23784 \begin_layout Standard
23785 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23786 left side and right side.
23787 If you use the option
23790 \begin_inset space ~
23795 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23796 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23797 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23798 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23801 \begin_layout Standard
23802 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23803 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23804 inside the brackets.
23805 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23810 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23813 \begin_layout Section
23814 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23815 \begin_inset Index idx
23818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23825 \begin_inset Index idx
23828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23835 \begin_inset Index idx
23838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23839 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23847 \begin_layout Standard
23848 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23851 \begin_inset space ~
23857 \begin_inset Graphics
23858 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23860 groupId toolbarbuttons
23865 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23866 Here is an example:
23867 \begin_inset Formula
23869 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23878 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23879 \begin_inset space ~
23883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23885 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23890 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23891 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23892 This alignment is set in the box
23897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23945 for every column as default.
23946 For example, the sequence
23947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23958 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23959 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23960 corresponds to the relevant column.
23961 The result will look like this:
23962 \begin_inset Formula
23965 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23966 column & has & has\, right\\
23967 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23976 \begin_layout Standard
23977 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23980 arg "newline-insert newline"
23983 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23984 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23986 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23989 or the math toolbar.
23992 \begin_layout Standard
23993 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23994 It can be created with the menu
23996 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23997 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23999 \begin_inset space ~
24011 Here is an example:
24012 \begin_inset Formula
24026 \begin_layout Standard
24027 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24030 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24033 arg "newline-insert newline"
24037 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24042 arg "newline-insert newline"
24045 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24053 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24054 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24055 A new row is created by every further hit of
24058 arg "newline-insert newline"
24062 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24063 Here is an example:
24064 \begin_inset Formula
24066 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24067 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24072 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24073 where you want to start the shift and hit
24078 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24079 position to the next column.
24080 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24081 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24082 \begin_inset Formula
24084 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24092 \begin_layout Standard
24093 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24100 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24101 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24104 reference "eq:asquared"
24109 The other types are described in section
24110 \begin_inset space ~
24114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24116 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24123 \begin_layout Section
24124 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24125 \begin_inset Index idx
24128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24129 Math ! Formula numbering
24135 \begin_inset Index idx
24138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24139 Math ! Referencing formulas
24145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24147 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24154 \begin_layout Standard
24155 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24157 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24158 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24160 \begin_inset space ~
24168 arg "math-number-toggle"
24172 The formula number appears in LyX as
24173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24180 within parentheses.
24182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24189 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24191 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24192 the document class.
24193 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24194 separated by a dot:
24195 \begin_inset Formula
24205 arg "math-number-toggle"
24208 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24209 You can only number displayed formulas.
24212 \begin_layout Standard
24213 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24215 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24216 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24218 \begin_inset space ~
24222 \begin_inset space ~
24226 \begin_inset space ~
24234 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24237 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24238 \begin_inset Formula
24241 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24247 To number all lines use the shortcut
24250 arg "math-number-toggle"
24256 \begin_layout Standard
24257 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24260 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24261 A label is inserted with the menu
24263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24266 when the cursor is in the formula.
24267 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24268 It is recommended to use the proposed
24269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24280 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24281 type when you have many labels in your document.
24282 We inserted in the following example the label
24283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24290 in the second line:
24291 \begin_inset Formula
24293 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24294 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24299 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24300 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24310 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24312 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24314 \begin_inset space ~
24320 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24321 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24322 as the formula number:
24325 \begin_layout Standard
24326 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24329 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24336 \begin_layout Standard
24337 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24338 \begin_inset space ~
24342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24344 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24349 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24355 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24360 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24368 \begin_layout Section
24369 User defined math macros
24370 \begin_inset Index idx
24373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24382 \begin_layout Standard
24383 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24384 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24385 Math macros are explained in section
24388 \begin_inset space ~
24400 \begin_layout Section
24404 \begin_layout Subsection
24406 \begin_inset Index idx
24409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24418 \begin_layout Standard
24419 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24420 To set a font in a formula, use the
24423 \begin_inset space ~
24429 \begin_inset Graphics
24430 filename ../images/math/font.png
24432 groupId toolbarbuttons
24436 , or enter its command, listed in table
24437 \begin_inset space ~
24441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24443 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24450 \begin_layout Standard
24451 \begin_inset Float table
24456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24457 \begin_inset Caption
24459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24460 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24462 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24466 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24476 \begin_inset Tabular
24477 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24478 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24479 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24512 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24539 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24566 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24599 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24626 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24653 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24687 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24714 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24748 \begin_layout Standard
24749 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24757 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24773 \begin_layout Standard
24774 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24775 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24780 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24781 space when you need a space in the box.
24782 Here an example where
24783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24794 denotes the set of numbers:
24795 \begin_inset Formula
24797 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24805 \begin_layout Standard
24806 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24812 \begin_inset space \space{}
24824 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24828 \begin_inset Newline newline
24831 So it is better not to use this feature.
24834 \begin_layout Standard
24835 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24836 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24840 \begin_inset Newline newline
24843 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24849 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24850 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24856 \begin_layout Standard
24863 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24866 \begin_layout Standard
24867 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24869 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24870 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24872 \begin_inset space ~
24880 \begin_layout Subsection
24882 \begin_inset Index idx
24885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24894 \begin_layout Standard
24895 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24897 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24901 \begin_inset space ~
24905 \begin_inset space ~
24913 \begin_inset space ~
24919 \begin_inset Graphics
24920 filename ../images/math/font.png
24922 groupId toolbarbuttons
24933 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24934 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24935 Here is an example:
24936 \begin_inset Formula
24939 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24940 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
24949 \begin_layout Subsection
24951 \begin_inset Index idx
24954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24963 \begin_layout Standard
24964 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24965 automatically chosen in most situations.
24983 For most characters,
24991 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24992 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24997 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24998 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25000 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25001 \begin_inset Graphics
25002 filename ../images/math/style.png
25004 groupId toolbarbuttons
25009 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25010 For example, you can set
25011 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25014 , which is normally in
25023 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25027 The four styles are used in the following example:
25030 \begin_layout Standard
25031 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25035 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25039 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25043 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25049 \begin_layout Standard
25050 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25051 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25053 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25055 \begin_inset space ~
25060 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25061 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25062 will be adjusted to correspond.
25063 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25074 \begin_layout Standard
25078 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25084 \begin_layout Section
25088 \begin_layout Standard
25089 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25090 the document classes and into layout modules.
25091 \begin_inset Index idx
25094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25100 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25101 other than the AMS classes.
25103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25105 reference "sub:Modules"
25109 for more on layout modules.
25112 \begin_layout Section
25114 \begin_inset Index idx
25117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25124 \begin_inset Index idx
25127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25136 \begin_layout Standard
25137 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25138 (AMS) that are in common use.
25141 \begin_layout Subsection
25142 Enabling AMS-Support
25145 \begin_layout Standard
25146 Selecting the checkbox
25149 \begin_inset space ~
25153 \begin_inset space ~
25157 \begin_inset space ~
25164 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25168 \begin_inset Index idx
25171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25172 Document ! Settings
25180 \begin_inset space ~
25185 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25187 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25188 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25191 \begin_layout Subsection
25193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25195 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25200 \begin_inset Index idx
25203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25204 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25212 \begin_layout Standard
25213 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25214 LyX allows you to choose between
25235 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25238 \begin_layout Chapter
25242 \begin_layout Section
25244 \begin_inset Index idx
25247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25256 name "sec:Cross-References"
25263 \begin_layout Standard
25264 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25265 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25267 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25268 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25269 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25272 \begin_layout Enumerate
25276 \begin_layout Enumerate
25277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25279 name "enu:Second-item"
25286 \begin_layout Enumerate
25290 \begin_layout Standard
25291 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25296 or by pressing the toolbar button
25303 A grey label box like this:
25304 \begin_inset Graphics
25305 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25310 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25311 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25346 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25351 \begin_inset space \space{}
25354 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25369 \begin_layout Standard
25370 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25375 or the toolbar button
25378 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25382 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25383 \begin_inset Graphics
25384 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25389 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25391 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25404 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25408 \begin_layout Standard
25411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25414 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25419 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25420 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25422 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25428 \begin_layout Standard
25429 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25430 \begin_inset space ~
25434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25436 reference "enu:Second-item"
25443 \begin_layout Standard
25444 It is recommended to use a protected space
25448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25449 described in section
25450 \begin_inset space ~
25454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25456 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25465 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25469 \begin_layout Standard
25470 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25473 \begin_layout Description
25474 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25477 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25484 \begin_layout Description
25485 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25486 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25498 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25505 \begin_layout Description
25506 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25507 \begin_inset space ~
25511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25512 LatexCommand pageref
25513 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25520 \begin_layout Description
25522 \begin_inset space ~
25526 \begin_inset space ~
25529 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25531 LatexCommand vpageref
25532 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25539 \begin_layout Description
25541 \begin_inset space ~
25545 \begin_inset space ~
25549 \begin_inset space ~
25552 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25555 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25562 \begin_layout Description
25564 \begin_inset space ~
25567 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25568 \begin_inset Newline newline
25572 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25580 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25589 \begin_inset Index idx
25592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25593 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25599 \begin_inset Index idx
25602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25603 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25614 \begin_inset Newline newline
25617 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25620 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25624 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25625 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25629 The format is specified by adding the command
25641 (refstyle) to the preamble of the document.
25642 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25655 ) can be done with this command
25656 \begin_inset Newline newline
25663 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25668 \begin_inset Newline newline
25671 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25673 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25675 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25682 \begin_layout Description
25684 \begin_inset space ~
25687 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25689 LatexCommand nameref
25690 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25697 \begin_layout Standard
25702 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25705 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25709 \begin_inset space \space{}
25713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25727 <reference> on page <page>
25729 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25732 \begin_layout Standard
25733 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25734 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25735 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25739 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25743 \begin_layout Standard
25744 You can only use the style
25748 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25752 is always possible.
25755 \begin_layout Standard
25756 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25757 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25759 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25760 \begin_inset space ~
25764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25766 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25773 \begin_layout Standard
25774 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25778 \begin_inset space ~
25782 \begin_inset space ~
25787 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25788 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25791 \begin_inset space ~
25796 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25797 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25800 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25806 \begin_layout Standard
25807 You can change labels at any time.
25808 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25809 do not need to take care about this.
25812 \begin_layout Standard
25813 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25814 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25817 \begin_layout Standard
25818 References are described in detail in sec.
25819 \begin_inset space ~
25823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25833 \begin_inset space ~
25841 \begin_layout Section
25842 Table of Contents and other Listings
25843 \begin_inset Index idx
25846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25853 \begin_inset Index idx
25856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25872 \begin_layout Subsection
25874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25876 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25883 \begin_layout Standard
25884 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25886 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25887 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25889 \begin_inset space ~
25893 \begin_inset space ~
25899 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25900 If you click on it, the
25904 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25905 sections in your documents.
25906 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25908 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25911 that is described in sec.
25912 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25918 reference "sec:Navigating"
25925 \begin_layout Standard
25926 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25927 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25929 \begin_inset space ~
25933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25935 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25939 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25941 \begin_inset space ~
25945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25947 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25951 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25953 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25956 \begin_layout Subsection
25957 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25960 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25967 \begin_layout Standard
25968 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25969 You can insert them via the
25971 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25973 \begin_inset space ~
25977 \begin_inset space ~
25983 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25986 \begin_layout Section
25987 URLs and Hyperlinks
25988 \begin_inset Index idx
25991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25998 \begin_inset Index idx
26001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26010 \begin_layout Subsection
26012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26021 \begin_layout Standard
26022 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26030 \begin_layout Standard
26031 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26032 \begin_inset Flex URL
26035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26045 \begin_layout Standard
26046 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26052 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26056 \begin_layout Standard
26057 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26065 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26073 \begin_layout Subsection
26075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26077 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26084 \begin_layout Standard
26085 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26090 or with the toolbar button
26097 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26106 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26107 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26108 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26110 name "LyX's homepage"
26111 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26115 , an Email address like this:
26116 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26118 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26119 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26124 , or a link to a file.
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26128 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26141 to the link target.
26144 \begin_layout Standard
26145 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26146 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26147 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26148 the text style dialog.
26149 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26153 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26155 name "LyX's homepage"
26156 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26163 \begin_layout Standard
26164 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26168 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26170 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26171 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26175 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26177 \begin_inset Newline newline
26185 \begin_inset Newline newline
26192 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26195 \begin_layout Section
26197 \begin_inset Index idx
26200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26209 name "sec:Appendices"
26216 \begin_layout Standard
26217 Appendices are created with the menu
26219 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26221 \begin_inset space ~
26225 \begin_inset space ~
26231 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26232 as the appendix region.
26233 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26236 \begin_layout Standard
26237 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26238 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26239 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26240 and the subsection number.
26241 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26245 \begin_layout Standard
26247 \begin_inset space ~
26251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26253 reference "cha:Credits"
26258 \begin_inset space ~
26262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26264 reference "sub:Export"
26271 \begin_layout Section
26273 \begin_inset Index idx
26276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26285 name "sec:Bibliography"
26292 \begin_layout Standard
26293 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26294 You can include a bibliography database,
26298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26299 Known under the name
26300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26312 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26313 manually, using the paragraph environment
26317 , which was described in section
26318 \begin_inset space ~
26322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26324 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26329 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26330 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26334 use a bibliography database.
26337 \begin_layout Subsection
26338 The Bibliography Environment
26341 \begin_layout Standard
26346 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26348 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26357 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26359 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26368 , a short form of its title, as key.
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26372 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26377 or the toolbar button
26380 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26384 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26385 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26386 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26387 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26391 \begin_layout Standard
26392 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26393 entry with surrounding brackets.
26398 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26399 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26414 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26417 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26419 key "latexcompanion"
26426 \begin_layout Standard
26427 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26428 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26437 \begin_layout Subsection
26438 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26439 \begin_inset Index idx
26442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26443 Bibliography ! Databases
26449 \begin_inset Index idx
26452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26453 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26461 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26468 \begin_layout Standard
26469 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26475 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26477 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26478 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26483 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26485 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26486 your working field in a database.
26487 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26488 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26490 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26494 \begin_layout Standard
26495 The database is a text file with the file extension
26496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26507 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26508 The format is explained in
26509 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26515 and in LaTeX books (
26516 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26518 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26523 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26524 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26525 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26526 \begin_inset Flex URL
26529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26531 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26539 \begin_layout Standard
26540 To use a database, use the menu
26542 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26547 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26560 \begin_inset space ~
26566 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26567 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26570 Add bibliography to TOC
26572 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26577 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26578 in the document or just the cited references.
26581 \begin_layout Standard
26582 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26594 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26595 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26596 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26598 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26604 For information how this is done, have a look at
26605 \begin_inset Newline newline
26609 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26611 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26623 \begin_layout Standard
26624 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26627 \begin_layout Standard
26628 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26629 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
26630 either in the document settings under
26634 or in LyX's preferences under
26636 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26651 The following variants are possible:
26654 \begin_layout Description
26655 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26656 other bibliography packages (like e.
26657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26661 \begin_inset space ~
26668 ), only with the package
26672 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26676 \begin_layout Description
26677 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26678 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26679 with all bibliography packages, except of
26684 \begin_layout Description
26685 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26690 , works with all bibliography packages
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26694 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26696 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26702 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26711 \begin_layout Standard
26712 When you select the option
26714 Sectioned bibliography
26718 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26721 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26722 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26724 Customizing Bibliographies
26732 Additional Features
26737 \begin_layout Standard
26738 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26739 the two methods of creating them.
26740 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26741 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26742 We used the style file
26746 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26749 \begin_layout Subsection
26750 Bibliography layout
26751 \begin_inset Index idx
26754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26755 Bibliography ! Layout
26763 \begin_layout Standard
26764 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26765 For this feature you need to enable the option
26771 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26775 \begin_inset Index idx
26778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26779 Document ! Settings
26789 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26790 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26791 in the previous section.
26794 \begin_layout Standard
26795 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26796 in the citation reference window.
26797 Here an example where we set the text
26798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26802 \begin_inset space ~
26806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26809 to appear after the reference:
26812 \begin_layout Standard
26814 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26817 key "latexcompanion"
26824 \begin_layout Section
26826 \begin_inset Index idx
26829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26845 \begin_layout Standard
26846 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26848 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26850 \begin_inset space ~
26855 or the toolbar button
26863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26874 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26875 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26876 by LyX as the index entry.
26879 \begin_layout Standard
26880 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26881 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26883 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26885 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26892 \begin_layout Standard
26893 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26895 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26897 \begin_inset space ~
26901 \begin_inset space ~
26904 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26906 \begin_inset space ~
26912 A light blue box labeled
26913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26924 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26925 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26928 \begin_layout Subsection
26929 Grouping Index Entries
26930 \begin_inset Index idx
26933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26942 \begin_layout Standard
26943 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26945 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26946 lists under the entry
26947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26955 First we create the entry
26956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26964 \begin_inset space ~
26968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26970 reference "sub:Lists"
26975 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26976 \begin_inset space ~
26980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26982 reference "sec:Itemize"
26986 , we insert the command
26989 \begin_layout Standard
26995 \begin_layout Standard
26999 \begin_layout Standard
27005 \begin_layout Standard
27006 for the enumerated list in section
27007 \begin_inset space ~
27011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27013 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27020 \begin_layout Standard
27021 The exclamation mark
27022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27029 marks the grouping levels.
27030 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27031 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27032 If we don't have an index entry for
27033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27040 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27043 \begin_layout Subsection
27045 \begin_inset Index idx
27048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27049 Index ! Page ranges
27057 \begin_layout Standard
27058 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27060 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27066 \begin_inset space \space{}
27069 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27071 \begin_inset space ~
27075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27077 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27084 \begin_layout Standard
27087 Paragraph environments|(
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27091 and another entry at the end of section
27092 \begin_inset space ~
27096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27098 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27105 \begin_layout Standard
27108 Paragraph environments|)
27111 \begin_layout Standard
27113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27136 respectively start and end the index range.
27137 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27138 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27139 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27140 An example is the index entry
27141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27144 Document ! Settings
27145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27151 \begin_layout Subsection
27153 \begin_inset Index idx
27156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27157 Index ! Cross referencing
27165 \begin_layout Standard
27166 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27167 We referred for example in the index entry
27168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27176 \begin_inset space ~
27180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27182 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27186 ) to the index entry
27187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27194 in the same section using the entry
27197 \begin_layout Standard
27200 GIF|see{Image formats}
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27204 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27205 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27206 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27209 \begin_layout Subsection
27211 \begin_inset Index idx
27214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27215 Index ! Entry order
27223 \begin_layout Standard
27224 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27225 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27226 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27231 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27233 \begin_inset space ~
27237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27239 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27248 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27249 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27274 \begin_inset Index idx
27277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27278 Dummy entries ! maïs
27284 \begin_inset Index idx
27287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27288 Dummy entries ! maître
27294 \begin_inset Index idx
27297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27298 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27303 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27304 order maïs, maison, maître.
27305 To achieve this, we use the command
27308 \begin_layout Standard
27311 previous entry@current entry
27314 \begin_layout Standard
27315 In our case we want to have
27316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27331 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27334 \begin_layout Standard
27340 \begin_layout Standard
27341 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27342 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27346 \begin_layout Standard
27347 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27353 \begin_layout Standard
27354 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27359 to generate the index (see sec.
27360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27366 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27375 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27383 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27387 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27388 index commands start with
27389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27401 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27406 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27409 \begin_layout Standard
27421 \begin_layout Standard
27433 \begin_layout Subsection
27435 \begin_inset Index idx
27438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27439 Index ! Entry layout
27447 \begin_layout Standard
27448 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27449 \begin_inset Index idx
27452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27455 This is an italic dummy entry
27460 You can also format the page number using the character
27461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27468 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27469 We can write for example
27472 \begin_layout Standard
27475 italic page number:|textit
27478 \begin_layout Standard
27479 to get the page number in italic.
27480 \begin_inset Index idx
27483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27484 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27489 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27507 \begin_inset space ~
27513 Have a look at section
27514 \begin_inset space ~
27518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27520 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27524 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27527 \begin_layout Standard
27528 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27536 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27540 to generate the index, see sec.
27541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27547 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27556 , however, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27557 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27559 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27562 key "latexcompanion"
27574 \begin_layout Standard
27575 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27577 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27578 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27579 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27580 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27581 If so, put the following in the preamble
27584 \begin_layout Standard
27596 \begin_layout Standard
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27606 \begin_layout Standard
27607 in the index entry.
27608 \begin_inset Index idx
27611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27612 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27617 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27618 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27619 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27622 \begin_layout Standard
27623 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27629 \begin_inset space \space{}
27632 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27633 for all index entries.
27634 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27646 documentation for details,
27647 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27649 key "makeindex,xindy"
27656 \begin_layout Subsection
27658 \begin_inset Index idx
27661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27670 name "sub:Index-Program"
27677 \begin_layout Standard
27678 If the index entry program
27682 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27686 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27695 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27696 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27697 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27698 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27699 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27709 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27710 dialog, see section
27711 \begin_inset space ~
27715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27717 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27722 The available options are listed and explained in
27723 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27725 key "makeindex,xindy"
27730 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27734 \begin_layout Standard
27735 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27736 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27739 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27740 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27744 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27745 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27748 \begin_layout Subsection
27752 \begin_layout Standard
27753 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27754 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27762 next to the standard index.
27763 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27764 packages that add this feature.
27770 \begin_inset Index idx
27773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27774 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27779 package to generate multiple indexes.
27780 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27781 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27782 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27789 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27790 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27791 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27794 \begin_layout Standard
27795 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27797 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27798 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27805 Use multiple Indexes
27806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27810 Note that the list of
27811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27818 below already contains the standard index.
27819 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27820 also appear as a heading) to the
27821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27828 input field and press the
27829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27837 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27838 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27839 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27843 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27849 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27850 indexes in the LyX work area.
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27854 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27857 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27859 \begin_inset space ~
27863 \begin_inset space ~
27872 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27873 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27874 are some additional features:
27877 \begin_layout Itemize
27878 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27879 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27882 \begin_layout Itemize
27883 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27884 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27893 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27895 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27898 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27899 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27900 to the non-subindexes.
27903 \begin_layout Section
27904 Nomenclature / Glossary
27905 \begin_inset Index idx
27908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27915 \begin_inset Index idx
27918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27949 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27957 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27958 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27962 \begin_layout Standard
27963 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27968 \begin_inset Index idx
27971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27972 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27978 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
27979 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27985 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27988 \begin_layout Standard
27989 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27990 and then use the menu
27992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27998 \begin_inset space ~
28003 or the toolbar button
28006 arg "nomencl-insert"
28011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28022 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28025 \begin_layout Standard
28026 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28027 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28028 The second is the description of the symbol.
28031 \begin_layout Standard
28032 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28040 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28048 \begin_layout Subsection
28049 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28050 \begin_inset Index idx
28053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28054 Nomenclature ! Layout
28062 \begin_layout Standard
28063 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28067 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28073 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28081 \begin_inset Newline newline
28089 \begin_inset Newline newline
28095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28102 character starts/ends the formula.
28103 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28115 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28125 \begin_layout Standard
28126 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28127 \begin_inset space ~
28131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28133 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28140 \begin_layout Standard
28144 \begin_inset space ~
28149 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28150 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28155 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28162 in this document is:
28163 \begin_inset Newline newline
28168 dummy entry for the character
28173 \begin_inset Newline newline
28185 \begin_inset space ~
28195 font use the command
28224 \begin_layout Subsection
28225 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28226 \begin_inset Index idx
28229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28230 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28238 \begin_layout Standard
28239 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28240 the symbol definition.
28241 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28242 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28245 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28246 LatexCommand nomenclature
28248 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28255 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28259 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28260 LatexCommand nomenclature
28263 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28268 They will be sorted by
28269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28295 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28298 will be sorted before the
28302 since the character
28303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28310 is considered in sorting.
28313 \begin_layout Standard
28314 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28317 \begin_inset space ~
28322 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28323 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28325 For the example given, you can insert
28329 in this field for the
28330 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28337 will be located before
28338 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28344 \begin_layout Standard
28345 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28350 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28359 \begin_layout Subsection
28360 Nomenclature Options
28361 \begin_inset Index idx
28364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28365 Nomenclature ! Options
28373 \begin_layout Standard
28378 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28379 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28382 \begin_layout Description
28383 refeq Appends the phrase
28384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28399 to every nomenclature entry, where
28405 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28408 \begin_layout Description
28409 refpage Appends the phrase
28410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28425 to every nomenclature entry, where
28431 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28434 \begin_layout Description
28435 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28438 \begin_layout Standard
28439 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28440 class options list in the
28442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28446 In this document the options
28453 \begin_layout Standard
28454 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28460 \begin_layout Standard
28461 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28462 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28467 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28470 \begin_layout Description
28480 \begin_layout Description
28483 nomrefpage Like the
28490 \begin_layout Description
28493 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28502 \begin_layout Description
28506 \begin_inset space ~
28512 \begin_inset space ~
28517 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28520 \begin_layout Standard
28522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28529 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28530 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28533 \begin_layout Standard
28541 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28544 \begin_inset Newline newline
28551 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28556 \begin_inset Newline newline
28560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28575 by their translation.
28578 \begin_layout Subsection
28579 Printing the Nomenclature
28580 \begin_inset Index idx
28583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28584 Nomenclature ! Printing
28592 \begin_layout Standard
28593 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28595 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28597 \begin_inset space ~
28601 \begin_inset space ~
28604 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28620 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28621 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28622 You can choose between these settings:
28625 \begin_layout Description
28626 Default a space of 1
28627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28633 \begin_layout Description
28635 \begin_inset space ~
28639 \begin_inset space ~
28642 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28645 \begin_layout Description
28646 Custom custom space
28649 \begin_layout Standard
28650 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28659 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28667 For example, in order to change the name to
28671 , add the following line to the preamble:
28674 \begin_layout Standard
28682 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28685 \begin_layout Subsection
28686 Nomenclature Program
28687 \begin_inset Index idx
28690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28691 Nomenclature ! Program
28697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28699 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28706 \begin_layout Standard
28707 LyX uses the program
28711 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28712 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28717 by adding options, see section
28718 \begin_inset space ~
28722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28724 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28729 The available options are listed and explained in
28730 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28732 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28739 \begin_layout Section
28741 \begin_inset Index idx
28744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28751 \begin_inset Index idx
28754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28755 Document ! Branches
28761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28763 name "sec:Branches"
28770 \begin_layout Standard
28771 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28772 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28773 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28774 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28777 \begin_layout Standard
28778 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28779 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28780 To create a branch, either select the menu
28782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28783 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28786 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28788 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28795 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28796 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28797 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28798 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28799 (see below for an example).
28800 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28801 to the name of the other) and to add
28802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28814 \begin_inset space ~
28817 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28818 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28821 \begin_layout Standard
28822 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28823 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28825 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28828 where you can choose a branch.
28829 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28833 \begin_layout Standard
28834 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28835 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28838 \begin_layout Standard
28839 \begin_inset Branch Question
28842 \begin_layout Standard
28843 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28851 \begin_layout Standard
28852 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28855 \begin_layout Standard
28856 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28864 \begin_layout Standard
28871 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28872 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28875 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28876 Consider for example a file
28877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28884 which has the above branches.
28886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28893 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28917 branch were inactive,
28918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28933 branch was active, likewise
28934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28949 branch was active, and
28950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28953 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28957 if both branches were active.
28958 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28962 \begin_layout Standard
28963 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28969 \begin_layout Standard
28970 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28971 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28973 For example you can define for the question branch
28977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28978 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28979 \begin_inset space ~
28983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28985 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28997 \begin_layout Standard
29007 \begin_layout Standard
29017 \begin_layout Standard
29018 and for the answer branch
29021 \begin_layout Standard
29031 \begin_layout Standard
29041 \begin_layout Standard
29042 \begin_inset Branch Question
29045 \begin_layout Standard
29049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29077 \begin_layout Standard
29078 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29081 \begin_layout Standard
29085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29113 \begin_layout Standard
29114 Now it is possible to use the commands
29118 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29125 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29128 to obtain conditional output.
29129 Here is an example formula where only the
29136 \begin_inset Formula
29138 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29146 \begin_layout Standard
29147 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29155 \begin_layout Section
29157 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29159 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29164 \begin_inset Index idx
29167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29176 \begin_layout Standard
29181 dialog allows you in the
29185 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29186 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29191 \begin_inset Index idx
29194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29195 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29203 \begin_layout Standard
29208 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29209 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29210 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29212 You can specify in the dialog tab
29216 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29218 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29219 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29223 \begin_layout Standard
29228 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29229 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29230 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29232 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29233 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29235 \begin_inset space ~
29238 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29239 \begin_inset space ~
29242 1 will only display the sections.
29245 \begin_layout Standard
29246 The header information in the dialog tab
29250 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29251 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29256 \begin_inset space \space{}
29259 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29260 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29263 Automatic fill header
29265 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29266 title and author settings.
29269 \begin_layout Standard
29272 Load in fullscreen mode
29274 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29277 \begin_layout Standard
29278 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29279 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29285 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29286 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29295 \begin_layout Section
29296 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29299 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29306 \begin_layout Subsection
29308 \begin_inset Index idx
29311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29318 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29320 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29327 \begin_layout Standard
29328 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29329 constructs, but not all.
29330 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29331 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29332 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29333 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29334 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29338 \begin_layout Standard
29339 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29341 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29345 \begin_inset space ~
29350 or by the toolbar button
29357 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29361 \begin_layout Standard
29362 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29363 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29364 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29365 using the LaTeX-command
29371 , you can write the command part
29377 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29381 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29382 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29383 the following example:
29386 \begin_layout Standard
29387 \begin_inset Graphics
29388 filename clipart/ERT.png
29396 \begin_layout Standard
29400 \begin_layout Standard
29401 This is a line with a
29405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29428 \begin_layout Standard
29429 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29437 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29438 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29446 \begin_layout Subsection
29447 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29448 \begin_inset Argument
29451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29458 \begin_inset Index idx
29461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29468 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29470 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29477 \begin_layout Standard
29478 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29479 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29480 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29489 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29490 any time if you know the right commands.
29492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29496 \begin_inset space \space{}
29499 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29501 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29502 all caption labels bold.
29503 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29505 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29509 \begin_layout Standard
29510 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29511 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29512 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29514 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29523 \begin_layout Standard
29524 As result you know that the package
29529 \begin_inset Index idx
29532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29533 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29539 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29547 \begin_layout Standard
29552 usepackage[options]{package name}
29555 \begin_layout Standard
29556 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29557 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29558 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29561 \begin_layout Standard
29562 In your case the package name is
29567 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29572 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29573 So you add the command
29576 \begin_layout Standard
29581 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29584 \begin_layout Standard
29585 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29590 For more commands provided by the
29594 package, have a look at its documentation,
29595 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29609 \begin_layout Standard
29610 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29612 For example if you use a
29616 class, you don't need the package
29620 , you can instead write
29623 \begin_layout Standard
29628 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29633 \begin_layout Standard
29634 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29635 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29636 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29643 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29646 \begin_layout Standard
29647 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29648 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29650 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29651 the previous section.
29654 \begin_layout Standard
29655 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29657 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29659 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29666 \begin_layout Standard
29667 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29673 \begin_layout Standard
29677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29687 \begin_inset Note Note
29690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29691 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29699 \begin_layout Left Header
29700 \begin_inset Argument
29703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29723 \begin_inset Note Note
29726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29727 defines the header line as described below
29735 \begin_layout Center Header
29736 \begin_inset Argument
29739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29748 \begin_layout Right Header
29749 \begin_inset Argument
29752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29773 \begin_layout Left Footer
29774 \begin_inset Argument
29777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29798 \begin_layout Center Footer
29799 \begin_inset Argument
29802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29813 \begin_inset Newline newline
29817 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29823 \begin_layout Right Footer
29824 \begin_inset Argument
29827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29849 \begin_layout Section
29850 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29851 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29853 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29858 \begin_inset Index idx
29861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29862 Document ! Header/Footer line
29868 \begin_inset Index idx
29871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29880 \begin_layout Standard
29881 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29882 to set the headings style to
29888 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29894 \begin_inset space ~
29900 As second step add in the menu
29902 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29903 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29910 Custom Header/Footerlines
29911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29915 This module offers the 6
29916 \begin_inset space ~
29922 \begin_layout Description
29924 \begin_inset space ~
29928 \begin_inset space ~
29932 \begin_inset space ~
29936 \begin_inset space ~
29940 \begin_inset space ~
29946 \begin_layout Description
29948 \begin_inset space ~
29952 \begin_inset space ~
29956 \begin_inset space ~
29960 \begin_inset space ~
29964 \begin_inset space ~
29970 \begin_layout Standard
29971 for the different positions in the header/footer.
29974 \begin_layout Standard
29975 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
29976 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
29978 \begin_inset space ~
29982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29984 reference "fig:Page-layout"
29988 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
29991 \begin_layout Standard
29992 \begin_inset Float figure
29998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30001 \begin_inset Tabular
30002 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30003 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30004 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30006 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30008 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30026 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30037 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30055 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30066 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30070 The normal text on the page goes here.
30071 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30073 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30074 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30079 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30088 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30099 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30117 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30128 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30146 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30164 \begin_inset Caption
30166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30169 name "fig:Page-layout"
30173 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30186 \begin_layout Subsection
30190 \begin_layout Standard
30191 To define your header line, add all 3
30192 \begin_inset space ~
30196 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30197 the optional arguments on even pages.
30198 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30200 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30201 Defining the footer line works similar.
30204 \begin_layout Standard
30205 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30208 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30221 \begin_inset space ~
30229 \begin_layout Description
30232 thepage prints the current page number
30235 \begin_layout Description
30238 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30241 \begin_layout Description
30244 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30247 \begin_layout Description
30250 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30251 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30258 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30261 because it usually goes in a left header.
30264 \begin_layout Description
30267 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30268 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30270 It is normally used in the right header.
30273 \begin_layout Subsection
30274 Default header/footer
30277 \begin_layout Standard
30278 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30279 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30280 footer has the page number.
30281 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30282 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30283 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30286 \begin_inset space ~
30294 \begin_layout Subsection
30298 \begin_layout Standard
30299 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30300 Some pages are different.
30301 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30302 a new part or chapter in your book.
30303 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30304 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30305 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30309 Header and footer decoration line
30312 \begin_layout Standard
30313 By default, you get a 0.4
30314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30317 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30318 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30330 in the following scheme:
30333 \begin_layout Standard
30340 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30343 \begin_layout Standard
30344 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30353 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30360 \begin_layout Standard
30361 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30362 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30363 \begin_inset space ~
30367 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30376 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30377 Several header/footer lines
30380 \begin_layout Standard
30381 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30382 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30383 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30385 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30397 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30400 \begin_layout Standard
30407 headheight}{height}
30410 \begin_layout Standard
30411 Where height is a size in standard units.
30412 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30413 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30414 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30416 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30430 and look via the button
30433 \begin_inset space ~
30438 if you find a warning of the package
30443 \begin_inset Index idx
30446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30447 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30453 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30454 for your header/footer.
30457 \begin_layout Subsection
30461 \begin_layout Standard
30462 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30463 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30464 This example consists of the following definition:
30467 \begin_layout Description
30469 \begin_inset space ~
30478 , empty optional argument
30481 \begin_layout Description
30483 \begin_inset space ~
30486 Header empty, empty optional argument
30489 \begin_layout Description
30491 \begin_inset space ~
30500 in the optional argument
30503 \begin_layout Description
30505 \begin_inset space ~
30514 in the optional argument
30517 \begin_layout Description
30519 \begin_inset space ~
30531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30535 \begin_inset Newline newline
30539 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30546 in the optional argument
30549 \begin_layout Description
30551 \begin_inset space ~
30560 , empty optional argument
30563 \begin_layout Description
30566 headrulewidth set to 2
30567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30573 \begin_layout Standard
30574 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30576 For more special things like e.
30577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30581 \begin_inset space ~
30584 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30589 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30598 \begin_layout Standard
30599 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30605 \begin_layout Standard
30609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30613 pagestyle{headings}
30619 \begin_inset Note Note
30622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30623 switches back to page style with the default headings
30631 \begin_layout Section
30632 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30635 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30640 \begin_inset Index idx
30643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30650 \begin_inset Index idx
30653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30662 \begin_layout Standard
30663 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30664 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30665 to break your train of thought with
30667 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30673 \begin_layout Standard
30674 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30675 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30680 \begin_inset Index idx
30683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30684 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30689 as explained below, and turn on
30692 \begin_inset space ~
30699 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30703 \begin_inset space ~
30707 \begin_inset space ~
30710 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30715 \begin_inset space ~
30720 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30723 \begin_layout Standard
30724 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30726 Previews of an already loaded document are
30730 generated just by selecting the
30733 \begin_inset space ~
30738 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30741 \begin_layout Standard
30742 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30743 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30746 \begin_inset space ~
30751 check box in the insert dialog.
30752 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30756 \begin_layout Standard
30757 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30761 (on some systems named simply
30766 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30768 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30774 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30775 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30783 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30787 \begin_layout Standard
30788 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30794 \begin_layout Standard
30795 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30799 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30801 \begin_inset space ~
30806 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30807 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30809 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30810 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30811 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30812 the source view window.
30815 \begin_layout Section
30816 Advanced Find and Replace
30817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30819 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30824 \begin_inset Index idx
30827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30834 \begin_inset Index idx
30837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30846 \begin_layout Subsection
30850 \begin_layout Standard
30851 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30852 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30853 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30854 The key-features are:
30857 \begin_layout Itemize
30858 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30859 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30860 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30864 \begin_layout Itemize
30865 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30866 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30867 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30868 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30871 \begin_layout Itemize
30872 Search may be widened to a specific
30877 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30881 \begin_inset space ~
30884 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30885 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30892 \begin_layout Itemize
30893 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30894 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30895 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30899 \begin_inset space ~
30902 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30905 \begin_layout Subsection
30909 \begin_layout Standard
30910 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30913 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30926 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30929 ) or the toolbar button
30932 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30938 Advanced Find and Replace
30943 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30947 \begin_layout Standard
30952 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30957 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30962 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30963 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30964 Pressing repeatedly
30968 keeps searching forward.
30969 Similarly, pressing
30973 searches for the entered text backwards.
30976 \begin_layout Standard
30977 While searching, the
30981 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30991 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30994 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30995 Searching for mathematics
30998 \begin_layout Standard
30999 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31003 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31004 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31007 or also something more complex like
31008 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31012 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31013 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31014 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31015 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31021 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31025 \begin_layout Standard
31026 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31027 This is done by switching to the
31031 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31036 This way, entering in the
31043 \begin_layout Itemize
31044 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31045 in emphasized or boldface.
31048 \begin_layout Itemize
31049 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31050 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31051 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31052 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31055 \begin_layout Itemize
31056 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31057 of if only within section headings.
31058 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31059 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31063 \begin_layout Itemize
31064 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31065 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31068 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31072 \begin_layout Standard
31073 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31077 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31085 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31089 button or alternatively
31111 \begin_layout Standard
31112 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31113 text segments in your document.
31114 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31118 \begin_layout Itemize
31119 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31120 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31128 with its typewriter version
31131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31141 \begin_layout Itemize
31142 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31148 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31160 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31167 (you may want to enable the
31175 options and disable the
31183 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31191 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31192 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31196 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31199 , or occurrences of
31200 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31204 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31210 \begin_layout Subsection
31214 \begin_layout Standard
31215 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31220 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31222 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31224 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31233 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31239 This is done via the menu
31241 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31242 Insert Regular Expression
31244 while the cursor is in the
31249 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31250 expression matching rules
31254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31255 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31261 \begin_inset space ~
31264 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31265 to match expressions.
31270 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31271 same text in the document.
31272 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31273 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31276 \begin_layout Enumerate
31277 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31282 editor the fraction
31283 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31287 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31290 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31291 fractions with the given denominator.
31294 \begin_layout Enumerate
31295 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31307 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31312 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31313 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31315 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31318 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31319 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31322 \begin_layout Standard
31323 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31324 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31325 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31328 , and referring back to them through
31329 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31333 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31337 For example, try searching for the regexp
31338 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31341 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31344 \begin_layout Standard
31345 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31346 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31347 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31352 \begin_inset space ~
31356 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31359 always refers to the first occurrence of
31360 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31363 in all entered regexps.
31366 \begin_layout Standard
31367 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31371 \begin_layout Section
31373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31375 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31380 \begin_inset Index idx
31383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31392 \begin_layout Standard
31393 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31396 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31403 or the toolbar button
31406 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31409 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31410 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31411 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31412 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31413 scrolled so that it is visible.
31414 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31415 n, if any could be found.
31416 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31420 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31421 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31424 \begin_layout Standard
31425 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31428 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31432 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31433 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31434 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31435 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31436 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31437 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31440 \begin_layout Subsection
31444 \begin_layout Standard
31445 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31448 \begin_inset space ~
31451 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31454 you can set the following things:
31457 \begin_layout Description
31459 \begin_inset space ~
31462 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31463 Depending on your platform,
31477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31478 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31479 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31494 \begin_layout Description
31496 \begin_inset space ~
31499 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31500 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31503 \begin_layout Description
31505 \begin_inset space ~
31508 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31514 \begin_inset space \space{}
31518 This should normally not be needed.
31521 \begin_layout Description
31523 \begin_inset space ~
31527 \begin_inset space ~
31530 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31542 \begin_layout Description
31544 \begin_inset space ~
31547 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31548 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31549 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31550 in the context menu.
31551 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31555 \begin_layout Description
31557 \begin_inset space ~
31561 \begin_inset space ~
31565 \begin_inset space ~
31568 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31572 \begin_layout Section
31574 \begin_inset Index idx
31577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31586 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31593 \begin_layout Standard
31594 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31595 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31605 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31607 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31616 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31617 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31618 are available for many languages.
31621 \begin_layout Standard
31622 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31626 \begin_layout Subsection
31627 Setting up the thesaurus
31630 \begin_layout Standard
31638 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31643 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31648 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31654 en_EN for English).
31655 For instance, the English files are named:
31658 \begin_layout Itemize
31662 \begin_layout Itemize
31666 \begin_layout Standard
31667 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31668 already on your system.
31669 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31670 \begin_inset Flex URL
31673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31675 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31681 \begin_inset Flex URL
31684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31686 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
31695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31696 Note that, as of OpenOffice
31697 \begin_inset space ~
31701 \begin_inset Flex URL
31704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31706 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31711 are usually packed in extension archives (
31715 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31717 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31718 unpack a zip archive.
31731 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31732 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31734 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31735 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31739 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31742 \begin_layout Subsection
31743 Using the thesaurus
31746 \begin_layout Standard
31747 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31749 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31752 or the toolbar button
31755 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31758 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31760 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31762 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31763 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31764 and hyponyms (such as
31772 ), compounds (such as
31776 ) and antonyms (such as
31784 ), which are marked as such.
31787 \begin_layout Standard
31788 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31789 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31793 \begin_layout Standard
31794 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31795 the dictionary, such as the above
31799 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31800 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31804 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31805 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31806 For example looking up the word forms
31814 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31819 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31832 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31833 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31834 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31837 \begin_layout Section
31839 \begin_inset Index idx
31842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31849 \begin_inset Index idx
31852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31853 Document ! Change Tracking
31859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31861 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31868 \begin_layout Standard
31869 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31870 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31871 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31872 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31874 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31876 \begin_inset space ~
31879 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31881 \begin_inset space ~
31889 \begin_layout Standard
31890 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31904 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31905 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31908 \begin_inset space ~
31912 \begin_inset space ~
31922 \begin_inset Index idx
31925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31926 Color ! Change tracking
31931 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31932 the cursor is in changed text.
31933 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31936 arg "changes-merge"
31942 \begin_layout Standard
31943 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31944 \begin_inset Index idx
31947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31956 \begin_layout Standard
31957 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31963 \begin_layout Standard
31964 \begin_inset Graphics
31965 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31973 \begin_layout Standard
31974 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31980 \begin_layout Standard
31981 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31985 \begin_layout Standard
31986 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31992 \begin_layout Standard
31993 \begin_inset Tabular
31994 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31995 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31996 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31997 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31998 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32007 arg "changes-track"
32015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32021 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32023 \begin_inset space ~
32026 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32028 \begin_inset space ~
32037 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32046 arg "changes-output"
32054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32060 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32062 \begin_inset space ~
32065 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32067 \begin_inset space ~
32071 \begin_inset space ~
32075 \begin_inset space ~
32084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32105 Jumps to the next change
32111 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32120 arg "change-accept"
32128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32136 \begin_inset space ~
32139 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32141 \begin_inset space ~
32150 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32159 arg "change-reject"
32167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32173 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32175 \begin_inset space ~
32178 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32180 \begin_inset space ~
32189 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32198 arg "changes-merge"
32206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32212 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32214 \begin_inset space ~
32217 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32219 \begin_inset space ~
32228 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32237 arg "all-changes-accept"
32245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32251 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32253 \begin_inset space ~
32256 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32258 \begin_inset space ~
32262 \begin_inset space ~
32271 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 arg "all-changes-reject"
32288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32294 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32296 \begin_inset space ~
32299 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32301 \begin_inset space ~
32305 \begin_inset space ~
32314 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32338 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32340 \begin_inset space ~
32349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32372 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32374 \begin_inset space ~
32390 \begin_layout Standard
32391 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32397 \begin_layout Standard
32398 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32399 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32400 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32401 the next change after the current cursor position.
32402 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32403 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32404 step to the next change.
32405 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32408 \begin_layout Standard
32409 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32410 to describe a change.
32413 \begin_layout Standard
32414 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32419 \begin_inset Index idx
32422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32429 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32430 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32436 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32439 \begin_layout Section
32440 Comparison of Documents
32441 \begin_inset Index idx
32444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32445 Comparison of documents
32453 \begin_layout Standard
32454 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32456 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32460 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32462 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32465 \begin_inset space ~
32469 \begin_inset space ~
32473 \begin_inset space ~
32478 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the resulting
32483 \begin_inset space ~
32487 \begin_inset space ~
32491 \begin_inset space ~
32495 \begin_inset space ~
32499 \begin_inset space ~
32503 \begin_inset space ~
32508 enables the change tracking option
32511 \begin_inset space ~
32515 \begin_inset space ~
32519 \begin_inset space ~
32524 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32527 \begin_layout Section
32528 International Support
32529 \begin_inset Index idx
32532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32533 International support
32541 \begin_layout Standard
32542 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32543 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32544 how to set up LyX to use them:
32545 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32547 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32554 \begin_layout Standard
32555 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32556 \begin_inset space ~
32560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32562 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32569 \begin_layout Subsection
32571 \begin_inset Index idx
32574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32581 \begin_inset Index idx
32584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32585 Document ! Settings
32591 \begin_inset Index idx
32594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32595 Document ! Language
32603 \begin_layout Standard
32606 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32609 dialog lets you set
32611 the language and character encoding for your language.
32615 \begin_layout Standard
32616 Choose your language in the
32620 section of this dialog.
32628 \begin_layout Standard
32633 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32638 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32639 For details about the different encoding options see section
32640 \begin_inset space ~
32644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32646 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
32653 \begin_layout Subsection
32654 Keyboard mapping configuration
32655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32657 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32664 \begin_layout Standard
32665 If you have for example a U.
32666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32669 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
32670 can use an alternate keymap.
32671 For example, if you have a U.
32672 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32675 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
32676 use an Italian keymap.
32677 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32679 \begin_inset space ~
32683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32685 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32690 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32691 which one you want to use.
32694 \begin_layout Standard
32695 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32696 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32697 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32698 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32699 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32700 one to support the characters you want.
32701 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32708 \begin_layout Subsection
32712 \begin_layout Standard
32714 \begin_inset space ~
32718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32720 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32729 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32733 \begin_layout Standard
32734 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32735 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
32743 \begin_layout Itemize
32744 Even if you have selected
32750 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32753 dialog, users who have only the
32757 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32761 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32762 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32763 french quotes will not show up.
32766 \begin_layout Standard
32767 \begin_inset Float table
32772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32773 \begin_inset Caption
32775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32778 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32796 \begin_inset Tabular
32797 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32798 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32799 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32800 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32801 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32802 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32803 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32804 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32805 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32806 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32807 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32808 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32811 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32812 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32813 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32814 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32815 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37228 \begin_layout Standard
37229 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37231 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37232 also the characters from
37244 \begin_layout Itemize
37253 \begin_layout Standard
37254 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37255 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37261 \begin_layout Standard
37262 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37263 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37269 \begin_layout Standard
37270 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37271 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37277 \begin_layout Standard
37278 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37279 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37285 \begin_layout Standard
37287 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37293 \begin_layout Standard
37295 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37301 \begin_layout Standard
37303 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37310 \begin_layout Itemize
37323 \begin_layout Standard
37325 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37331 \begin_layout Standard
37333 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37339 \begin_layout Standard
37341 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37347 \begin_layout Standard
37349 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37355 \begin_layout Standard
37357 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37363 \begin_layout Standard
37365 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37372 \begin_layout Standard
37373 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37374 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37375 Also make sure you're using the
37382 \begin_layout Chapter
37385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37387 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37394 \begin_layout Standard
37395 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37396 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37397 topic inside the user's guide.
37400 \begin_layout Section
37402 \begin_inset Index idx
37405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37414 \begin_layout Standard
37419 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37422 \begin_layout Subsection
37426 \begin_layout Standard
37427 Creates a new document.
37430 \begin_layout Subsection
37434 \begin_layout Standard
37435 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37436 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37437 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37440 \begin_layout Subsection
37444 \begin_layout Standard
37448 \begin_layout Subsection
37452 \begin_layout Standard
37453 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37454 Click there on a file to open it.
37457 \begin_layout Subsection
37461 \begin_layout Standard
37462 Closes the current document.
37465 \begin_layout Subsection
37469 \begin_layout Standard
37470 Closes all opened documents.
37473 \begin_layout Subsection
37477 \begin_layout Standard
37478 Saves the actual document.
37481 \begin_layout Subsection
37485 \begin_layout Standard
37486 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37489 \begin_layout Subsection
37493 \begin_layout Standard
37494 Saves all opened documents.
37497 \begin_layout Subsection
37501 \begin_layout Standard
37502 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37505 \begin_layout Subsection
37509 \begin_layout Standard
37510 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37511 It is described in the section
37513 Version Control in LyX
37517 Additional Features
37522 \begin_layout Subsection
37526 \begin_layout Standard
37527 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37528 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37529 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37530 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37533 \begin_layout Standard
37534 When using the menu entry
37537 \begin_inset space ~
37542 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37546 \begin_inset space ~
37550 \begin_inset space ~
37555 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37556 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37559 \begin_layout Subsection
37561 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37570 \begin_layout Standard
37571 You can export your document to various file formats.
37572 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37573 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37574 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37577 \begin_layout Standard
37578 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37580 \begin_inset space ~
37584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37586 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37593 \begin_layout Description
37599 \begin_inset space ~
37606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37613 yX format of the special LyX
37614 \begin_inset space ~
37617 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37618 \begin_inset Newline newline
37621 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37624 \begin_layout Description
37625 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
37631 \begin_layout Description
37633 \begin_inset space ~
37636 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
37642 \begin_layout Description
37643 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
37644 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
37645 files paths or file names in your document.
37646 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
37653 \begin_layout Description
37654 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
37655 paths or file names
37658 \begin_layout Description
37660 \begin_inset space ~
37667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37674 eX) DVI-format using the program
37678 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
37681 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37689 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
37697 \begin_layout Description
37699 \begin_inset space ~
37702 Dot text file with code in the programming language
37706 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
37711 \begin_layout Description
37712 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37716 \begin_layout Description
37718 \begin_inset space ~
37722 \begin_inset space ~
37725 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37729 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37737 \begin_layout Description
37744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37752 \begin_inset space ~
37763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37776 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37781 \begin_layout Description
37788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37796 \begin_inset space ~
37801 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37802 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37806 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37809 \begin_layout Description
37816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37824 \begin_inset space ~
37829 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37830 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37838 \begin_layout Description
37845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37853 \begin_inset space ~
37864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37877 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37882 \begin_layout Description
37884 \begin_inset space ~
37888 \begin_inset space ~
37897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37906 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
37907 music notation software
37912 \begin_layout Description
37919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37929 \begin_inset space ~
37933 \begin_inset space ~
37936 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
37937 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
37941 \begin_layout Description
37948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 \begin_inset space ~
37961 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
37962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37977 represent the version number)
37980 \begin_layout Description
37987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37996 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37999 \begin_layout Description
38000 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38005 \begin_layout Description
38006 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38019 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38023 \begin_layout Description
38027 \begin_inset space ~
38032 PDF-format using the program
38036 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38039 \begin_layout Description
38043 \begin_inset space ~
38050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38059 PDF-format using the program
38063 , produces PDF-files directly
38066 \begin_layout Description
38070 \begin_inset space ~
38075 PDF-format using the program
38079 , produces PDF-files directly
38082 \begin_layout Description
38086 \begin_inset space ~
38091 PDF-format using the program
38095 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38098 \begin_layout Description
38102 \begin_inset space ~
38109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38118 PDF-format using the program
38122 , produces PDF-files directly
38125 \begin_layout Description
38129 \begin_inset space ~
38137 \begin_layout Description
38141 \begin_inset space ~
38145 \begin_inset space ~
38150 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38151 and then exported as text using the program
38156 \begin_layout Description
38161 PostScript format using the program
38166 \begin_layout Description
38167 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38168 programming language
38181 it is possible to use
38188 \begin_layout Standard
38189 If one of the menu entries
38196 \begin_inset space ~
38205 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38206 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38207 \begin_inset space ~
38211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38213 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38218 \begin_inset Index idx
38221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38222 Reconfiguration of LyX
38230 \begin_layout Subsection
38234 \begin_layout Standard
38235 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38236 format or send it to a printer.
38237 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38238 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38244 For more information have a look at section
38245 \begin_inset space ~
38249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38251 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38258 \begin_layout Subsection
38262 \begin_layout Standard
38263 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38264 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38265 prefix, see section
38266 \begin_inset space ~
38270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38272 reference "sec:Paths"
38277 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38286 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38287 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38288 \begin_inset space ~
38292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38294 reference "sub:Converters"
38301 \begin_layout Subsection
38302 New and Close Window
38305 \begin_layout Standard
38306 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38309 \begin_layout Subsection
38313 \begin_layout Standard
38314 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38317 \begin_layout Section
38319 \begin_inset Index idx
38322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38331 \begin_layout Subsection
38335 \begin_layout Standard
38336 Described in section
38337 \begin_inset space ~
38341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38343 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38350 \begin_layout Subsection
38351 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38354 \begin_layout Standard
38355 Described in section
38356 \begin_inset space ~
38360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38362 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38369 \begin_layout Subsection
38373 \begin_layout Standard
38374 Selects the whole document.
38377 \begin_layout Subsection
38378 Find & Replace (Quick)
38381 \begin_layout Standard
38382 Described in section
38383 \begin_inset space ~
38387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38389 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38396 \begin_layout Subsection
38397 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38400 \begin_layout Standard
38401 Described in section
38402 \begin_inset space ~
38406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38408 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38415 \begin_layout Subsection
38416 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38419 \begin_layout Standard
38420 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38424 \begin_layout Subsection
38428 \begin_layout Standard
38429 Described in section
38430 \begin_inset space ~
38434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38436 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38443 \begin_layout Subsection
38445 \begin_inset Index idx
38448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38449 Paragraph ! Settings
38457 \begin_layout Standard
38458 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38459 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38462 \begin_layout Standard
38463 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38464 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38466 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38472 \begin_inset space ~
38480 \begin_layout Subsection
38481 Table Settings and Math
38484 \begin_layout Standard
38485 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38487 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38488 The properties of tables are described in section
38489 \begin_inset space ~
38493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38495 reference "sec:Tables"
38499 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38500 \begin_inset space ~
38504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38506 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38513 \begin_layout Subsection
38514 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38517 \begin_layout Standard
38518 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38519 that can be nested.
38520 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38521 \begin_inset space ~
38525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38527 reference "sec:Nesting"
38532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38534 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38541 \begin_layout Section
38543 \begin_inset Index idx
38546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38555 \begin_layout Standard
38560 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38561 document with an external program.
38562 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38563 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38564 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38565 \begin_inset space ~
38569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38571 reference "sub:Export"
38576 You should at least see the menu entries
38583 \begin_inset space ~
38589 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38590 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38591 \begin_inset space ~
38595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38597 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38602 \begin_inset Index idx
38605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38606 Reconfiguration of LyX
38614 \begin_layout Standard
38615 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38616 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38617 \begin_inset space ~
38621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38623 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38628 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38631 \begin_layout Standard
38632 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38635 At the bottom of the
38639 menu the opened documents are listed.
38642 \begin_layout Subsection
38643 Open/Close all Insets
38646 \begin_layout Standard
38647 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38650 \begin_layout Subsection
38651 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38654 \begin_layout Standard
38655 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38658 \begin_layout Standard
38659 Math macros are described in the
38666 \begin_layout Subsection
38670 \begin_layout Standard
38671 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38673 \begin_inset space ~
38677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38679 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38686 \begin_layout Subsection
38690 \begin_layout Standard
38691 Opens a window showing console messages.
38692 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38693 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38696 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38697 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38700 \begin_layout Subsection
38704 \begin_layout Standard
38705 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38706 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38713 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38717 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38724 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38728 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38729 The default output format is
38732 \begin_inset space ~
38740 \begin_layout Subsection
38741 View (Other Formats)
38744 \begin_layout Standard
38745 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38748 \begin_layout Subsection
38752 \begin_layout Standard
38753 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38754 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38755 opening a new viewer window.
38758 \begin_layout Subsection
38759 Update (Other Formats)
38762 \begin_layout Standard
38763 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38764 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38767 \begin_layout Subsection
38768 View Master Document
38771 \begin_layout Standard
38772 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38788 \begin_inset space ~
38793 manual for more information on this topic).
38794 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38795 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38800 generates the output of the whole book, while
38804 will just output the chapter alone.
38807 \begin_layout Standard
38808 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38809 in the preferences (see sec.
38810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38816 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38820 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38827 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38834 \begin_layout Subsection
38835 Update Master Document
38838 \begin_layout Standard
38839 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38855 \begin_inset space ~
38860 manual for more information on this topic).
38861 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38862 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38865 \begin_layout Standard
38866 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38867 in the preferences (see sec.
38868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38874 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38878 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38885 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38892 \begin_layout Subsection
38896 \begin_layout Standard
38897 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38898 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38899 view the same document, but at different positions.
38900 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38901 or more documents at the same time.
38902 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38909 \begin_layout Subsection
38913 \begin_layout Standard
38914 Closes a split view.
38917 \begin_layout Subsection
38921 \begin_layout Standard
38922 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38923 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38924 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38925 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38926 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38929 \begin_layout Subsection
38931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38933 name "sub:Toolbars"
38938 \begin_inset Index idx
38941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38950 \begin_layout Standard
38951 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38952 All toolbars and the
38955 \begin_inset space ~
38960 can be turned on and off.
38965 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
38977 \begin_inset space ~
38986 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
38990 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38997 \begin_layout Standard
39002 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39006 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39007 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39008 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
39009 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
39010 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39013 \begin_layout Standard
39014 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39015 \begin_inset space ~
39019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39021 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39028 \begin_layout Section
39030 \begin_inset Index idx
39033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39042 \begin_layout Subsection
39046 \begin_layout Standard
39047 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39048 \begin_inset space ~
39052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39054 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39065 \begin_layout Subsection
39067 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39069 name "sub:Special-Character"
39076 \begin_layout Standard
39077 Here you can insert the following characters:
39080 \begin_layout Description
39081 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39082 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39083 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39084 \begin_inset Newline newline
39088 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39096 Not all characters will be visible in the
39100 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39108 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39112 ) can display every character.
39120 \begin_layout Description
39121 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39125 \begin_layout Description
39127 \begin_inset space ~
39131 \begin_inset space ~
39134 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39135 \begin_inset space ~
39139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39141 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39148 \begin_layout Description
39150 \begin_inset space ~
39153 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39156 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39166 \begin_layout Description
39168 \begin_inset space ~
39171 Quote Inserts this quote:
39172 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39178 \begin_layout Description
39180 \begin_inset space ~
39183 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39187 \begin_layout Description
39189 \begin_inset space ~
39192 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39196 \begin_layout Description
39198 \begin_inset space ~
39201 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39205 \begin_layout Description
39207 \begin_inset space ~
39211 \begin_inset Index idx
39214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39221 \begin_inset Index idx
39224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39225 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39230 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39231 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39232 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39237 \begin_inset Index idx
39240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39241 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39247 \begin_inset Newline newline
39250 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39254 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39262 and this Wiki-page:
39263 \begin_inset Newline newline
39267 \begin_inset Flex URL
39270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39272 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39280 \begin_layout Subsection
39284 \begin_layout Standard
39285 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39288 \begin_layout Description
39289 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39290 \begin_inset script superscript
39292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39301 \begin_layout Description
39302 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39303 \begin_inset script subscript
39305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39314 \begin_layout Description
39316 \begin_inset space ~
39319 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39320 \begin_inset space ~
39324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39326 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39333 \begin_layout Description
39335 \begin_inset space ~
39338 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39339 \begin_inset space ~
39343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39345 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39352 \begin_layout Description
39354 \begin_inset space ~
39357 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39358 \begin_inset space ~
39362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39364 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39371 \begin_layout Description
39373 \begin_inset space ~
39376 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39377 \begin_inset space ~
39381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39383 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39390 \begin_layout Description
39392 \begin_inset space ~
39395 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39396 \begin_inset space ~
39400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39402 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39409 \begin_layout Description
39411 \begin_inset space ~
39414 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39415 \begin_inset space ~
39419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39421 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39428 \begin_layout Description
39429 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39430 \begin_inset space ~
39434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39436 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39443 \begin_layout Description
39445 \begin_inset space ~
39448 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39449 \begin_inset space ~
39453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39455 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39462 \begin_layout Description
39464 \begin_inset space ~
39467 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39468 \begin_inset space ~
39472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39474 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39481 \begin_layout Description
39483 \begin_inset space ~
39487 \begin_inset space ~
39490 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39491 \begin_inset space ~
39495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39497 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39504 \begin_layout Description
39506 \begin_inset space ~
39509 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39510 text line to the page border, see section
39511 \begin_inset space ~
39515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39517 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39524 \begin_layout Description
39526 \begin_inset space ~
39529 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39530 \begin_inset space ~
39534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39536 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39543 \begin_layout Description
39545 \begin_inset space ~
39548 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39549 text page to the page border, described in section
39550 \begin_inset space ~
39554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39556 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39563 \begin_layout Description
39565 \begin_inset space ~
39568 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39569 \begin_inset space ~
39573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39575 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39582 \begin_layout Description
39584 \begin_inset space ~
39588 \begin_inset space ~
39591 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39592 \begin_inset space ~
39596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39598 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39605 \begin_layout Subsection
39609 \begin_layout Standard
39610 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39611 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39613 \begin_inset space ~
39617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39619 reference "sec:toc"
39624 The index list is described in section
39625 \begin_inset space ~
39629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39631 reference "sec:Index"
39635 , the nomenclature in section
39636 \begin_inset space ~
39640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39642 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39646 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39647 \begin_inset space ~
39651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39653 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39660 \begin_layout Subsection
39664 \begin_layout Standard
39665 To insert floats, described in section
39666 \begin_inset space ~
39670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39672 reference "sec:Floats"
39679 \begin_layout Subsection
39683 \begin_layout Standard
39684 To insert notes, described in section
39685 \begin_inset space ~
39689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39691 reference "sec:Notes"
39698 \begin_layout Subsection
39702 \begin_layout Standard
39703 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39704 \begin_inset space ~
39708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39710 reference "sec:Branches"
39717 \begin_layout Subsection
39721 \begin_layout Standard
39722 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39723 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39725 An example is the document class
39726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39733 with three custom insets.
39736 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39742 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39745 \begin_layout Subsection
39747 \begin_inset Index idx
39750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39759 \begin_layout Standard
39760 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39761 files in your document.
39762 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39769 \begin_inset space ~
39777 \begin_layout Subsection
39779 \begin_inset Index idx
39782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39791 \begin_layout Standard
39792 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39799 reference "sec:Minipages"
39804 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39811 \begin_inset space ~
39819 \begin_layout Subsection
39823 \begin_layout Standard
39824 Inserts a citation as described in section
39825 \begin_inset space ~
39829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39831 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39838 \begin_layout Subsection
39842 \begin_layout Standard
39843 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39844 \begin_inset space ~
39848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39850 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39857 \begin_layout Subsection
39861 \begin_layout Standard
39862 Inserts a label as described in section
39863 \begin_inset space ~
39867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39869 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39876 \begin_layout Subsection
39878 \begin_inset Index idx
39881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39888 \begin_inset Index idx
39891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39892 Longtables ! Caption
39900 \begin_layout Standard
39901 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39902 Floats are described in section
39903 \begin_inset space ~
39907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39909 reference "sec:Floats"
39913 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39920 \begin_inset space ~
39928 \begin_layout Subsection
39932 \begin_layout Standard
39933 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39934 \begin_inset space ~
39938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39940 reference "sec:Index"
39947 \begin_layout Subsection
39951 \begin_layout Standard
39952 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39953 \begin_inset space ~
39957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39959 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39966 \begin_layout Subsection
39970 \begin_layout Standard
39972 Tables are described in section
39973 \begin_inset space ~
39977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39979 reference "sec:Tables"
39986 \begin_layout Subsection
39990 \begin_layout Standard
39992 Graphics are described in section
39993 \begin_inset space ~
39997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39999 reference "sec:Graphics"
40006 \begin_layout Subsection
40010 \begin_layout Standard
40011 Inserts an URL as described in section
40012 \begin_inset space ~
40016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40018 reference "sub:URLs"
40025 \begin_layout Subsection
40029 \begin_layout Standard
40030 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40031 \begin_inset space ~
40035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40037 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40044 \begin_layout Subsection
40048 \begin_layout Standard
40049 Inserts a footnote, see section
40050 \begin_inset space ~
40054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40056 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40063 \begin_layout Subsection
40067 \begin_layout Standard
40068 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40075 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40082 \begin_layout Subsection
40086 \begin_layout Standard
40087 Inserts a short title, see section
40088 \begin_inset space ~
40092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40094 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40101 \begin_layout Subsection
40105 \begin_layout Standard
40106 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40107 \begin_inset space ~
40111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40113 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40120 \begin_layout Subsection
40122 \begin_inset Index idx
40125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40134 \begin_layout Standard
40135 Inserts a program listings box.
40136 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40138 Program Code Listings
40143 \begin_inset space ~
40151 \begin_layout Subsection
40155 \begin_layout Standard
40156 Inserts the actual date.
40157 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40159 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40167 \begin_inset space ~
40175 \begin_layout Section
40177 \begin_inset Index idx
40180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40189 \begin_layout Standard
40190 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40191 \begin_inset space ~
40194 of the current document.
40195 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40198 \begin_layout Subsection
40202 \begin_layout Standard
40203 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40204 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40206 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40210 \begin_inset space \space{}
40214 \begin_inset space ~
40218 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40219 \begin_inset space ~
40222 2.5 and use the menu
40225 \begin_inset space ~
40229 \begin_inset space ~
40236 \begin_inset space ~
40242 \begin_inset space ~
40246 \begin_inset space ~
40252 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40256 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40262 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40268 \begin_layout Standard
40269 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40270 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40273 \begin_layout Subsection
40274 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40277 \begin_layout Standard
40278 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40282 \begin_layout Subsection
40286 \begin_layout Standard
40287 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40288 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40289 on a cross-reference box.
40292 \begin_layout Subsection
40296 \begin_layout Standard
40297 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40298 in the output, see section
40301 \begin_inset space ~
40309 \begin_inset space ~
40314 manual for a detailed description.
40317 \begin_layout Section
40319 \begin_inset Index idx
40322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40331 \begin_layout Subsection
40335 \begin_layout Standard
40336 Change Tracking is described in section
40337 \begin_inset space ~
40341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40343 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40350 \begin_layout Subsection
40355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40365 \begin_layout Standard
40366 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40368 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40371 \begin_layout Standard
40372 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40377 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40380 \begin_layout Subsection
40384 \begin_layout Standard
40385 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40386 \begin_inset space ~
40390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40392 reference "sec:Navigating"
40397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40399 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40406 \begin_layout Subsection
40407 Start Appendix Here
40410 \begin_layout Standard
40411 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40412 position as described in section
40413 \begin_inset space ~
40417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40419 reference "sec:Appendices"
40426 \begin_layout Subsection
40430 \begin_layout Standard
40431 Un/compresses the current document.
40434 \begin_layout Subsection
40438 \begin_layout Standard
40439 The document settings are described in appendix
40440 \begin_inset space ~
40444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40446 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40453 \begin_layout Section
40455 \begin_inset Index idx
40458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40467 \begin_layout Subsection
40471 \begin_layout Standard
40472 Spell checking is explained in section
40473 \begin_inset space ~
40477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40479 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40486 \begin_layout Subsection
40490 \begin_layout Standard
40491 The thesaurus is described in section
40492 \begin_inset space ~
40496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40498 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40505 \begin_layout Subsection
40507 \begin_inset Index idx
40510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40517 \begin_inset Index idx
40520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40529 \begin_layout Standard
40530 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40534 \begin_layout Subsection
40536 \begin_inset Index idx
40539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40548 \begin_layout Standard
40549 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40552 \begin_layout Subsection
40554 \begin_inset Index idx
40557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40558 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40569 Reconfiguration of LyX
40573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40586 \begin_inset Index idx
40589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40590 Reconfiguration of LyX
40598 \begin_layout Standard
40599 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40600 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40601 \begin_inset space ~
40605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40607 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40614 \begin_layout Subsection
40618 \begin_layout Standard
40619 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40620 \begin_inset space ~
40624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40626 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
40633 \begin_layout Section
40635 \begin_inset Index idx
40638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40647 \begin_layout Standard
40648 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40650 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
40653 \begin_layout Standard
40657 \begin_inset space ~
40662 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40663 found by LyX (see also section
40664 \begin_inset space ~
40668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40670 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40677 \begin_layout Section
40679 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40681 name "sec:Toolbars"
40688 \begin_layout Standard
40689 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40690 \begin_inset space ~
40694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40696 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40703 \begin_layout Standard
40704 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40705 This is described in the
40707 Additional Features
40712 \begin_layout Subsection
40714 \begin_inset Index idx
40717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40726 \begin_layout Standard
40727 \begin_inset Graphics
40728 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40736 \begin_layout Standard
40737 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40743 \begin_layout Standard
40744 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40761 \begin_inset Note Note
40764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40765 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40770 manual for more information.
40778 \begin_layout Standard
40779 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40785 \begin_layout Standard
40786 \begin_inset Tabular
40787 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40788 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40789 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40790 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40796 \begin_inset Graphics
40797 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40811 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40824 \begin_layout Standard
40825 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40831 \begin_layout Standard
40833 \begin_inset Tabular
40834 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40835 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40836 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40837 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40861 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40868 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40891 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40898 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40921 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40937 arg "dialog-show print"
40945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40951 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40958 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40967 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
40975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40981 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40988 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41018 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41041 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41048 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41071 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41101 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41108 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41131 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41138 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41147 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41161 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41176 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41185 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41199 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41200 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41207 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41228 Emphasize text, function of the
41230 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41232 \begin_inset space ~
41243 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41264 Set text to noun style, function of the
41266 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41268 \begin_inset space ~
41279 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41288 arg "textstyle-apply"
41296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41300 Formats text using the current settings in the
41302 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41304 \begin_inset space ~
41315 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41338 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41339 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41341 \begin_inset space ~
41350 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41359 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41373 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41380 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41387 arg "tabular-insert"
41395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41401 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41408 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41417 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41429 Toggle outline window on/off,
41431 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41438 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41447 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41459 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41465 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41474 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41486 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41499 \begin_layout Subsection
41501 \begin_inset Index idx
41504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41513 \begin_layout Standard
41514 \begin_inset Graphics
41515 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41523 \begin_layout Standard
41524 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41530 \begin_layout Standard
41531 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41535 \begin_layout Standard
41536 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41542 \begin_layout Standard
41543 \begin_inset Tabular
41544 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41545 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41546 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41547 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41575 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41584 arg "layout Enumerate"
41592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41602 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41611 arg "layout Itemize"
41619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41629 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41656 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41665 arg "layout Description"
41673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41683 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41692 arg "depth-increment"
41700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41706 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41708 \begin_inset space ~
41712 \begin_inset space ~
41721 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41730 arg "depth-decrement"
41738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41744 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41746 \begin_inset space ~
41750 \begin_inset space ~
41759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41768 arg "float-insert figure"
41776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41783 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41790 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41799 arg "float-insert table"
41807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41813 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41814 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41821 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41844 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41851 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41860 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41881 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41890 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41911 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41936 \begin_inset space ~
41945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41954 arg "nomencl-insert"
41962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41970 \begin_inset space ~
41979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41988 arg "footnote-insert"
41996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42009 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42018 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42032 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42034 \begin_inset space ~
42043 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42066 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42067 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42069 \begin_inset space ~
42078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42087 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42101 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42108 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42131 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42138 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42161 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42178 \begin_inset space ~
42187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42196 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42211 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42227 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42241 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42242 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42244 \begin_inset space ~
42253 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42262 arg "dialog-show character"
42270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42276 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42278 \begin_inset space ~
42287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42296 arg "layout-paragraph"
42304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42310 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42312 \begin_inset space ~
42321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42330 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42344 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42358 \begin_layout Subsection
42359 View / Update Toolbar
42360 \begin_inset Index idx
42363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42364 Toolbar ! View / Update
42372 \begin_layout Standard
42373 \begin_inset Graphics
42374 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42381 \begin_layout Standard
42382 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42388 \begin_layout Standard
42389 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42393 \begin_layout Standard
42394 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42400 \begin_layout Standard
42401 \begin_inset Tabular
42402 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42403 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42404 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42405 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42429 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42436 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42445 arg "buffer-update"
42453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42459 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42466 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42475 arg "master-buffer-view"
42483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42489 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42496 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42505 arg "master-buffer-update"
42513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42519 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42521 \begin_inset space ~
42530 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42539 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42553 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42554 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42555 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42556 Synchronize with Output
42562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42567 \begin_inset Graphics
42568 filename ../images/view-others.png
42570 groupId toolbarbuttons
42581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42587 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42588 View (Other Formats)
42594 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42599 \begin_inset Graphics
42600 filename ../images/update-others.png
42602 groupId toolbarbuttons
42611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42617 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42618 Update (Other Formats)
42631 \begin_layout Standard
42632 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42636 \begin_layout Subsection
42640 \begin_layout Standard
42641 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42642 \begin_inset space ~
42646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42648 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42652 , the table toolbar
42653 \begin_inset Index idx
42656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42665 \begin_inset space ~
42670 manual, the math macro toolbar
42671 \begin_inset Index idx
42674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42687 \begin_layout Chapter
42688 The Document Settings
42689 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42691 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
42696 \begin_inset Index idx
42699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42700 Document ! Settings
42708 \begin_layout Standard
42709 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42710 whole document and is called with the menu
42712 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42716 You can save your document settings as default with th
42718 e Save as Document Defaults
42720 button in the dialog.
42721 This will create a template named
42725 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42729 \begin_layout Standard
42730 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42733 \begin_layout Section
42737 \begin_layout Standard
42738 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42740 Document classes are described in section
42741 \begin_inset space ~
42745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42747 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42752 Some classes use some class options by default.
42753 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42757 and you can decide to use them or not.
42758 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42759 recommended not to touch them.
42764 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
42769 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42770 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42776 When you want to use one of the following drivers
42777 \begin_inset Newline newline
42782 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42785 \begin_inset Newline newline
42788 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42789 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42793 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42795 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42807 \begin_layout Standard
42808 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42809 child or subdocument.
42810 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42811 without its master.
42812 This way child documents are always compilable.
42813 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42820 \begin_inset space ~
42828 \begin_layout Standard
42829 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
42839 \begin_inset Index idx
42842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42843 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
42849 \begin_inset Index idx
42852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42853 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
42858 for cross-references, see sec.
42859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42865 reference "sec:Cross-References"
42872 \begin_layout Section
42876 \begin_layout Standard
42877 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42878 Please refer to the section
42881 \begin_inset space ~
42889 \begin_inset space ~
42894 manual for details.
42897 \begin_layout Section
42901 \begin_layout Standard
42902 Modules are explained in section
42903 \begin_inset space ~
42907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42909 reference "sub:Modules"
42916 \begin_layout Section
42920 \begin_layout Standard
42922 \begin_inset space ~
42926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42928 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
42935 \begin_layout Section
42939 \begin_layout Standard
42940 The document font settings are described in section
42941 \begin_inset space ~
42945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42947 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42954 \begin_layout Section
42958 \begin_layout Standard
42959 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42961 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42965 \begin_layout Standard
42966 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42967 That is impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42968 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42971 \begin_layout Section
42975 \begin_layout Standard
42976 A description of this menu is given in section
42977 \begin_inset space ~
42981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42983 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
42988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42990 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
42997 \begin_layout Section
43001 \begin_layout Standard
43002 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43003 \begin_inset space ~
43007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43009 reference "sub:Margins"
43016 \begin_layout Section
43018 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43020 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43025 \begin_inset Index idx
43028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43029 Language ! Encoding
43037 \begin_layout Standard
43038 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43039 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43040 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43041 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43042 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43043 known for a particular character).
43047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43048 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43053 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43058 manual for details.
43066 \begin_layout Standard
43067 If you use the option
43071 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43072 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43073 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43074 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43075 exactly one encoding.
43076 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43079 \begin_layout Standard
43080 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43081 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43082 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43083 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43084 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43085 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43090 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43091 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43092 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43093 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43094 engines to standard LaTeX.
43095 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43096 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43099 \begin_inset space ~
43106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43118 \begin_inset space ~
43125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43137 \begin_inset space ~
43143 \begin_inset space ~
43147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43149 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43154 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43158 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43161 \begin_layout Standard
43165 \begin_inset space ~
43170 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43180 The possible settings are:
43183 \begin_layout Description
43184 Default is the package
43189 \begin_inset Index idx
43192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43193 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43201 \begin_layout Description
43202 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43203 format you will use.
43204 For example for the XeTeX formats the package
43209 \begin_inset Index idx
43212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43213 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43218 will be used instead of
43225 \begin_layout Description
43227 \begin_inset space ~
43230 Babel uses in every case
43237 \begin_layout Description
43238 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43239 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43243 (for German texts), type in
43246 \begin_inset Newline newline
43251 usepackage{ngerman}
43254 \begin_layout Description
43255 None will not use a language package.
43256 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43259 \begin_layout Standard
43260 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43263 \begin_layout Description
43265 \begin_inset space ~
43269 \begin_inset space ~
43273 \begin_inset space ~
43280 , but the LaTeX-package
43285 \begin_inset Index idx
43288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43289 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43295 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43296 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43297 languages in TeX code.
43300 \begin_layout Description
43301 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43302 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43303 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43306 \begin_layout Description
43308 \begin_inset space ~
43312 \begin_inset space ~
43315 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43318 \begin_layout Description
43320 \begin_inset space ~
43324 \begin_inset space ~
43327 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43330 \begin_layout Description
43332 \begin_inset space ~
43335 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43338 \begin_layout Description
43340 \begin_inset space ~
43344 \begin_inset space ~
43347 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43348 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43351 \begin_layout Description
43353 \begin_inset space ~
43357 \begin_inset space ~
43360 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43364 \begin_layout Description
43366 \begin_inset space ~
43370 \begin_inset space ~
43373 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43374 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43377 \begin_layout Description
43379 \begin_inset space ~
43383 \begin_inset space ~
43387 \begin_inset space ~
43390 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43391 \begin_inset space ~
43397 \begin_layout Description
43399 \begin_inset space ~
43403 \begin_inset space ~
43407 \begin_inset space ~
43410 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43411 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43414 \begin_layout Description
43416 \begin_inset space ~
43420 \begin_inset space ~
43423 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43424 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43425 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43426 \begin_inset space ~
43430 \begin_inset space ~
43436 \begin_layout Description
43438 \begin_inset space ~
43442 \begin_inset space ~
43445 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43446 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43447 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43448 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43449 \begin_inset space ~
43453 \begin_inset space ~
43459 \begin_layout Description
43461 \begin_inset space ~
43465 \begin_inset space ~
43468 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43471 \begin_layout Description
43473 \begin_inset space ~
43477 \begin_inset space ~
43480 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43483 \begin_layout Description
43485 \begin_inset space ~
43489 \begin_inset space ~
43492 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43495 \begin_layout Description
43497 \begin_inset space ~
43500 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43503 \begin_layout Description
43505 \begin_inset space ~
43508 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43511 \begin_layout Description
43513 \begin_inset space ~
43517 \begin_inset space ~
43520 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43523 \begin_layout Description
43525 \begin_inset space ~
43529 \begin_inset space ~
43535 \begin_layout Description
43537 \begin_inset space ~
43541 \begin_inset space ~
43544 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43547 \begin_layout Description
43549 \begin_inset space ~
43553 \begin_inset space ~
43559 \begin_layout Description
43561 \begin_inset space ~
43565 \begin_inset space ~
43568 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43573 \begin_inset Index idx
43576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43577 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43582 , when using this, set the document language to
43587 \begin_layout Description
43589 \begin_inset space ~
43593 \begin_inset space ~
43596 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43600 , when using this, set the document language to
43603 \begin_inset space ~
43609 \begin_layout Description
43611 \begin_inset space ~
43615 \begin_inset space ~
43618 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43623 \begin_inset Index idx
43626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43627 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43632 , when using this, set the document language to
43637 \begin_layout Description
43639 \begin_inset space ~
43643 \begin_inset space ~
43646 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43650 , when using this, set the document language to
43655 \begin_layout Description
43657 \begin_inset space ~
43661 \begin_inset space ~
43664 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43668 , when using this, set the document language to
43673 \begin_layout Description
43675 \begin_inset space ~
43678 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43681 \begin_layout Description
43683 \begin_inset space ~
43687 \begin_inset space ~
43691 \begin_inset space ~
43694 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43697 \begin_layout Description
43699 \begin_inset space ~
43703 \begin_inset space ~
43707 \begin_inset space ~
43710 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43711 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43712 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43715 \begin_layout Description
43717 \begin_inset space ~
43721 \begin_inset space ~
43727 \begin_layout Description
43729 \begin_inset space ~
43733 \begin_inset space ~
43736 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43737 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43740 \begin_layout Description
43742 \begin_inset space ~
43746 \begin_inset space ~
43749 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43754 \begin_inset Index idx
43757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43758 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43763 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43766 \begin_layout Description
43768 \begin_inset space ~
43772 \begin_inset space ~
43775 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43783 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43788 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43790 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43793 \begin_layout Description
43795 \begin_inset space ~
43799 \begin_inset space ~
43802 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43807 \begin_inset Index idx
43810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43811 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43816 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43819 \begin_layout Description
43821 \begin_inset space ~
43824 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43829 \begin_inset Index idx
43832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43833 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43839 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43843 \begin_layout Description
43845 \begin_inset space ~
43849 \begin_inset space ~
43853 \begin_inset space ~
43856 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43857 \begin_inset space ~
43863 \begin_layout Description
43865 \begin_inset space ~
43869 \begin_inset space ~
43873 \begin_inset space ~
43876 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43877 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43878 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43882 \begin_layout Description
43884 \begin_inset space ~
43888 \begin_inset space ~
43892 \begin_inset space ~
43895 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43896 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43899 \begin_layout Standard
43900 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43904 LatexCommand formatted
43905 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43909 for more information on the language package.
43912 \begin_layout Section
43914 \begin_inset Index idx
43917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43924 \begin_inset Index idx
43927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43936 \begin_layout Standard
43937 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
43939 \begin_inset space ~
43942 out notes (default: light grey).
43947 sets the color back to the default.
43950 \begin_layout Standard
43951 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
43953 \begin_inset space ~
43956 boxes (default: red).
43959 \begin_layout Standard
43960 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43964 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
43966 \begin_inset space ~
43969 out note appears blue in the output.)
43977 \begin_layout Standard
43978 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
43981 \begin_inset space ~
43986 in the document settings under
43989 \begin_inset space ~
43994 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
43997 \begin_inset space ~
44005 \begin_inset space ~
44011 For example the option
44014 \begin_layout Standard
44020 \begin_layout Standard
44021 sets the link text color to black.
44022 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44027 \begin_inset Index idx
44030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44031 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44037 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44046 \begin_layout Standard
44047 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44053 \begin_layout Standard
44054 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44055 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44056 \begin_inset space ~
44059 Code behind a forced page break:
44062 \begin_layout Itemize
44063 For the page color:
44064 \begin_inset Newline newline
44071 pagecolor{color name}
44074 \begin_layout Itemize
44075 For the text color:
44076 \begin_inset Newline newline
44086 \begin_layout Standard
44087 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44120 \begin_inset Newline newline
44123 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44127 \begin_layout Itemize
44128 For the page background color:
44129 \begin_inset Newline newline
44134 page_backgroundcolor
44137 \begin_layout Itemize
44138 For the main text color:
44139 \begin_inset Newline newline
44147 \begin_layout Itemize
44149 \begin_inset space ~
44152 box background color:
44153 \begin_inset Newline newline
44161 \begin_layout Itemize
44163 \begin_inset space ~
44166 out note text color:
44167 \begin_inset Newline newline
44175 \begin_layout Standard
44176 How to define and use custom colors, see section
44179 \begin_inset space ~
44187 \begin_inset space ~
44195 \begin_layout Section
44199 \begin_layout Standard
44200 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44201 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44202 \begin_inset space ~
44206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44208 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44215 \begin_layout Section
44219 \begin_layout Standard
44220 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44225 \begin_inset Index idx
44228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44229 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44239 \begin_inset Index idx
44242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44243 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44249 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44254 \begin_inset Index idx
44257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44258 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44263 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44265 For a further description see section
44266 \begin_inset space ~
44270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44272 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44279 \begin_layout Section
44283 \begin_layout Standard
44284 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44285 and you can define additional indexes.
44286 Please refer to section
44287 \begin_inset space ~
44291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44293 reference "sec:Index"
44300 \begin_layout Section
44304 \begin_layout Standard
44305 The PDF properties are explained in section
44306 \begin_inset space ~
44310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44312 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44319 \begin_layout Section
44323 \begin_layout Standard
44324 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44329 \begin_inset Index idx
44332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44333 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44343 \begin_inset Index idx
44346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44347 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44357 \begin_inset Index idx
44360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44361 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44371 \begin_inset Index idx
44374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44375 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44380 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44383 \begin_layout Description
44384 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44385 ensure that you have enabled
44388 \begin_inset space ~
44396 \begin_layout Description
44397 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44400 \begin_inset space ~
44412 \begin_layout Description
44413 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44424 \begin_layout Description
44425 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44427 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44436 \begin_layout Section
44440 \begin_layout Standard
44441 The float placement options are described in section
44444 \begin_inset space ~
44452 \begin_inset space ~
44460 \begin_layout Section
44464 \begin_layout Standard
44465 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44467 Program Code Listings
44472 \begin_inset space ~
44480 \begin_layout Section
44484 \begin_layout Standard
44485 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44486 The itemize environment is described in section
44487 \begin_inset space ~
44491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44493 reference "sec:Itemize"
44500 \begin_layout Section
44504 \begin_layout Standard
44505 Branches are described in section
44506 \begin_inset space ~
44510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44512 reference "sec:Branches"
44519 \begin_layout Section
44521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44523 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44530 \begin_layout Standard
44531 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44534 \begin_layout Description
44536 \begin_inset space ~
44540 \begin_inset space ~
44543 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44563 View Master Document
44564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44571 Update Master Document
44572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44579 menu or the toolbar.
44580 The default is set in
44582 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44583 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44592 LatexCommand formatted
44593 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44600 \begin_layout Description
44602 \begin_inset space ~
44606 \begin_inset space ~
44609 Output settings for the menu
44611 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44613 \begin_inset space ~
44619 For a detailed description see section
44621 Reverse DVI/PDF search
44626 \begin_inset space ~
44634 \begin_layout Description
44636 \begin_inset space ~
44640 \begin_inset space ~
44643 Options settings for the export format
44651 \begin_inset space ~
44656 will assure that the output follows exactly version
44657 \begin_inset space ~
44660 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
44664 \begin_inset space ~
44669 settings are described in detail in section
44671 Math Output in XHTML
44676 \begin_inset space ~
44682 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
44685 \begin_layout Section
44690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44700 \begin_layout Standard
44701 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44702 to define LaTeX-commands.
44703 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44704 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44708 \begin_layout Standard
44709 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44710 \begin_inset space ~
44714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44716 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44723 \begin_layout Chapter
44729 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44731 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
44736 \begin_inset Index idx
44739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44748 \begin_layout Standard
44749 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44751 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44755 It has the following submenus.
44758 \begin_layout Section
44762 \begin_layout Subsection
44766 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44767 User Interface File
44768 \begin_inset Index idx
44771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44772 Customization ! of toolbars
44778 \begin_inset Index idx
44781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44782 Customization ! of menus
44790 \begin_layout Standard
44791 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44799 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44808 \begin_layout Standard
44809 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44810 interface (ui) file.
44811 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44812 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44821 Both files are loaded by the
44826 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44827 files and edit the entries.
44830 \begin_layout Standard
44831 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44843 entries must be ended with an explicit
44868 and in the case of the
44869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44881 The syntax for the entries is:
44884 \begin_layout Standard
44885 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44913 \begin_layout Standard
44915 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44918 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44920 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44922 \begin_inset space ~
44930 \begin_layout Standard
44931 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44937 \begin_layout Standard
44938 An example: Assuming you use the menu
44940 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44943 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
44947 \begin_layout Standard
44948 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44972 \begin_layout Standard
44974 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44977 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44980 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44984 \begin_layout Standard
44987 Enable tool tips in main work area
44989 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44993 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44997 \begin_layout Standard
45001 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45008 restoring of window layout and geometries
45010 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45011 in the last LyX session.
45014 \begin_layout Standard
45017 Restore cursor positions
45019 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
45023 \begin_layout Standard
45026 Load opened files from last session
45028 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45031 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45035 name "sub:Backup documents"
45040 \begin_inset Index idx
45043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45052 \begin_layout Standard
45057 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
45060 \begin_layout Standard
45065 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45068 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45070 \begin_inset space ~
45078 \begin_layout Standard
45081 Open documents in tabs
45083 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45087 \begin_layout Subsection
45089 \begin_inset Index idx
45092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45101 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45108 \begin_layout Standard
45109 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45112 \begin_layout Standard
45113 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45121 This section only deals with the fonts
45126 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45129 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45130 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45141 \begin_layout Standard
45142 By default, LyX uses
45146 as roman (serif) font,
45154 (depends on the system) as
45157 \begin_inset space ~
45173 \begin_layout Standard
45174 You can change the font size with the
45179 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
45180 current LyX session by pressing
45184 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
45187 \begin_layout Standard
45192 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
45193 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45198 points have the size of 1
45199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45203 \begin_inset space ~
45207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45209 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
45216 \begin_layout Standard
45221 are the same as if a document font size of 10
45222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45226 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45227 \begin_inset space ~
45231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45233 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45240 \begin_layout Standard
45243 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45245 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45246 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45247 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45248 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45250 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45251 \begin_inset space ~
45257 \begin_layout Subsection
45259 \begin_inset Index idx
45262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45269 \begin_inset Index idx
45272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45281 \begin_layout Standard
45282 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
45283 Choose an item in the list and use the
45290 \begin_layout Subsection
45292 \begin_inset Index idx
45295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45304 \begin_layout Standard
45305 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45308 \begin_layout Standard
45313 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45314 This feature is described in section
45315 \begin_inset space ~
45319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45321 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45328 \begin_layout Standard
45332 \begin_inset space ~
45336 \begin_inset space ~
45340 \begin_inset space ~
45345 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45348 \begin_layout Section
45350 \begin_inset Index idx
45353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45362 \begin_layout Subsection
45366 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45370 \begin_layout Standard
45373 Cursor follows scrollbar
45375 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45379 \begin_layout Standard
45380 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
45385 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
45386 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
45389 \begin_layout Standard
45392 Sort environments alphabetically
45394 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45397 \begin_layout Standard
45400 Group environments by their category
45402 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45405 \begin_layout Standard
45406 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
45418 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45422 \begin_layout Standard
45423 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
45428 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
45429 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
45433 \begin_layout Subsection
45435 \begin_inset Index idx
45438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45445 \begin_inset Index idx
45448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45449 Settings ! Shortcuts
45457 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45461 \begin_layout Standard
45462 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
45463 Several binding files are available:
45466 \begin_layout Description
45467 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
45470 \begin_layout Description
45471 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
45482 \begin_layout Description
45483 mac.bind set of bindings for
45486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45494 \begin_layout Standard
45495 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
45499 , and bind files for special languages.
45500 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
45501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45505 \begin_inset space \space{}
45509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45517 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
45521 \begin_layout Standard
45522 Some bind-files, like
45526 , have only a small scope.
45527 When looking at the end of the file
45531 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
45534 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45538 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
45543 \begin_inset Index idx
45546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45547 Key Bindings ! Editing
45555 \begin_layout Standard
45556 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45557 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45558 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45561 Show key-bindings containing
45564 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45565 Insert there for example as keyword
45566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45573 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45583 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45584 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45588 that you will find in the
45595 \begin_layout Standard
45597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45601 \begin_inset space \space{}
45612 , select the function and press the
45617 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45618 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45619 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45620 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45621 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45623 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45625 The binding for the function
45629 is an example of this.
45632 \begin_layout Standard
45633 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45635 The syntax of the entries is:
45638 \begin_layout Standard
45644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45662 \begin_layout Subsection
45664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45666 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45671 \begin_inset Index idx
45674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45681 \begin_inset Index idx
45684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45685 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45693 \begin_layout Standard
45694 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45695 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45697 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45701 \begin_inset space \space{}
45704 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45705 can use the keyboard map file named
45712 \begin_layout Standard
45713 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45721 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45729 \begin_layout Standard
45730 Besides this, you can specify here the
45732 Wheel scrolling speed
45735 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45739 \begin_layout Subsection
45741 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45743 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45748 \begin_inset Index idx
45751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45760 \begin_layout Standard
45761 Input completion is described in sec.
45762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45768 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45773 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45775 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45776 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45780 \begin_layout Section
45782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45789 \begin_inset Index idx
45792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45799 \begin_inset Index idx
45802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45811 \begin_layout Description
45813 \begin_inset space ~
45816 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45817 It is the default when you
45828 \begin_inset space ~
45836 \begin_layout Description
45838 \begin_inset space ~
45841 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45843 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45845 \begin_inset space ~
45849 \begin_inset space ~
45857 \begin_layout Description
45859 \begin_inset space ~
45862 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45868 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45872 \begin_inset Newline newline
45876 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45888 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45896 \begin_layout Description
45898 \begin_inset space ~
45902 \begin_inset Index idx
45905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45911 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45912 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45913 \begin_inset space ~
45917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45919 reference "sub:Backup documents"
45927 will be used to save the backups.
45928 \begin_inset Newline newline
45931 The backup files have the ending
45932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45942 \begin_layout Description
45947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45954 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
45955 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
45956 \begin_inset Newline newline
45963 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
45964 You can edit this file with the program
45973 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
45976 \begin_inset space ~
45982 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
45987 and click on the LyX-symbol.
45988 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
45994 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
45995 \begin_inset Newline newline
45999 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46007 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
46015 \begin_layout Description
46017 \begin_inset space ~
46020 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46023 \begin_layout Description
46025 \begin_inset space ~
46028 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46029 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46030 to find it on the system.
46031 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46032 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46034 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46038 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46041 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46042 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46046 \begin_layout Section
46050 \begin_layout Standard
46051 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46052 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46054 \begin_inset space ~
46058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46060 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46064 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46067 \begin_layout Section
46069 \begin_inset Index idx
46072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46073 Language ! Settings
46079 \begin_inset Index idx
46082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46083 Settings ! Language
46091 \begin_layout Subsection
46093 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46095 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46102 \begin_layout Description
46104 \begin_inset space ~
46108 \begin_inset space ~
46111 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46112 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
46113 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
46114 You find the actual translation status here:
46115 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46117 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46118 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46125 \begin_layout Description
46127 \begin_inset space ~
46130 language is the language used in new documents
46133 \begin_layout Description
46135 \begin_inset space ~
46138 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46140 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46141 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46158 The most widespread language package is
46163 \begin_inset Index idx
46166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46167 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46172 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46173 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
46174 with the alternative language package
46179 \begin_inset Index idx
46182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46183 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46188 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46189 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46191 The available selections are described in sec.
46192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46198 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46205 \begin_layout Description
46207 \begin_inset space ~
46211 \begin_inset space ~
46214 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46218 \begin_layout Description
46220 \begin_inset space ~
46223 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46224 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46225 An example is the start command
46231 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46236 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46251 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46256 \begin_layout Description
46258 \begin_inset space ~
46266 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46267 command toggles the package on and off.
46270 \begin_layout Description
46272 \begin_inset space ~
46276 \begin_inset space ~
46279 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46280 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46281 used by all LaTeX-packages.
46282 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
46289 \begin_layout Description
46291 \begin_inset space ~
46294 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
46296 When this option is not set, the
46299 \begin_inset space ~
46304 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
46305 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
46308 \begin_inset space ~
46316 \begin_layout Description
46318 \begin_inset space ~
46324 \begin_inset space ~
46330 When it is not set, the
46333 \begin_inset space ~
46338 is set to the end of the document.
46341 \begin_layout Description
46343 \begin_inset space ~
46347 \begin_inset space ~
46350 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
46351 language will be underlined blue.
46354 \begin_layout Description
46356 \begin_inset space ~
46360 \begin_inset space ~
46363 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
46364 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
46367 \begin_layout Description
46369 \begin_inset space ~
46372 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
46373 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
46374 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
46375 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
46378 \begin_layout Subsection
46382 \begin_layout Standard
46383 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
46384 \begin_inset space ~
46388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46390 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
46397 \begin_layout Section
46401 \begin_layout Subsection
46403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46410 \begin_inset Index idx
46413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46420 \begin_inset Index idx
46423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46432 \begin_layout Description
46434 \begin_inset space ~
46437 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
46438 The name will be used when the
46443 \begin_inset Newline newline
46447 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46455 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
46463 \begin_layout Description
46465 \begin_inset space ~
46468 command is the command LyX
46469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46476 LaTeX uses for printing.
46477 The default is on most systems
46484 \begin_layout Description
46486 \begin_inset space ~
46490 \begin_inset space ~
46493 Options Here you can specify printer options.
46494 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
46495 of the program that provides the
46502 \begin_layout Description
46504 \begin_inset space ~
46508 \begin_inset space ~
46512 \begin_inset space ~
46515 printer This option works only for the
46520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46532 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
46533 This is an option only for dvips experts.
46536 \begin_layout Subsection
46538 \begin_inset Index idx
46541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46548 \begin_inset Index idx
46551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46552 Settings ! Date format
46560 \begin_layout Standard
46561 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46562 \begin_inset Newline newline
46566 \begin_inset Flex URL
46569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46571 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46577 \begin_inset Newline newline
46580 For example the format
46581 \begin_inset Newline newline
46585 \begin_inset Newline newline
46588 prints the date as day/month/year.
46591 \begin_layout Subsection
46595 \begin_layout Description
46597 \begin_inset space ~
46601 \begin_inset space ~
46604 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46607 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46608 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46610 \begin_inset space ~
46616 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46620 \begin_layout Description
46622 \begin_inset space ~
46625 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46630 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46631 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46634 \begin_layout Subsection
46639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46649 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46654 \begin_inset Index idx
46657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46666 \begin_layout Description
46668 \begin_inset space ~
46675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46683 \begin_inset space ~
46687 \begin_inset space ~
46690 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46695 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46717 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46730 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46731 LyX sets up in the background.
46732 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46735 \begin_layout Description
46737 \begin_inset space ~
46741 \begin_inset space ~
46744 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46749 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46752 \begin_layout Standard
46753 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46754 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46755 manuals of the applications.
46756 Currently the following commands can be set:
46759 \begin_layout Description
46764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46772 \begin_inset space ~
46775 command Command for the program
46779 that is described in the section
46785 Additional Features
46790 \begin_layout Description
46795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46803 \begin_inset space ~
46806 command Command for the program
46810 that generates the bibliography, see section
46811 \begin_inset space ~
46815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46817 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46824 \begin_layout Description
46826 \begin_inset space ~
46829 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46830 \begin_inset space ~
46834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46836 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46843 \begin_layout Description
46845 \begin_inset space ~
46848 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46849 \begin_inset space ~
46853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46855 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46862 \begin_layout Description
46864 \begin_inset space ~
46868 \begin_inset space ~
46872 \begin_inset space ~
46876 \begin_inset space ~
46879 options They only have an effect when the program
46883 is used as DVI-viewer.
46886 \begin_layout Standard
46887 There are additionally the following options:
46890 \begin_layout Description
46892 \begin_inset space ~
46896 \begin_inset space ~
46900 \begin_inset space ~
46904 \begin_inset space ~
46908 \begin_inset space ~
46911 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46929 to separate folders.
46930 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
46931 \begin_inset Index idx
46934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46941 \begin_inset Index idx
46944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46953 \begin_layout Description
46955 \begin_inset space ~
46959 \begin_inset space ~
46963 \begin_inset space ~
46967 \begin_inset space ~
46971 \begin_inset space ~
46975 \begin_inset space ~
46978 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46983 dialog when changing the document class.
46986 \begin_layout Section
46988 \begin_inset space ~
46992 \begin_inset Index idx
46995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47004 \begin_layout Subsection
47006 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47008 name "sub:Converters"
47013 \begin_inset Index idx
47016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47025 \begin_layout Standard
47026 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47027 from one format to another.
47028 You can modify them or create new ones.
47029 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47036 \begin_inset space ~
47046 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47050 \begin_inset space ~
47055 drop-down list, modify the
47059 field, and press the
47066 \begin_layout Standard
47069 Converter File Cache
47071 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47074 Maximum Age (in days
47077 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47078 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47081 \begin_layout Standard
47082 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
47083 the converter definition, is described in the section
47094 \begin_layout Subsection
47096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47098 name "sec:File-Formats"
47103 \begin_inset Index idx
47106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47113 \begin_inset Index idx
47116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47125 \begin_layout Standard
47126 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47127 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47131 \begin_layout Standard
47132 Furthermore, you can define the
47133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47136 Default output format
47137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47140 that is used when you hit
47141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47160 View Master Document
47161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47168 Update Master Document
47169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47172 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
47175 \begin_layout Standard
47176 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
47177 is described in the section
47188 \begin_layout Standard
47189 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47190 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47191 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
47192 This is done by specifying a
47197 More about this is described in the section
47208 \begin_layout Chapter
47209 Units available in LyX
47210 \begin_inset Index idx
47213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47222 name "cha:Units-available-in"
47229 \begin_layout Standard
47230 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47233 reference "cap:Units"
47237 explains all units available in LyX.
47240 \begin_layout Standard
47241 \begin_inset Float table
47247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47248 \begin_inset Caption
47250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47266 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47274 \begin_inset Tabular
47275 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47276 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47277 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47374 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47429 scaled point (65536
47430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47490 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
47494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47545 % of original image width
47552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47759 \begin_layout Chapter
47761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47770 \begin_layout Standard
47771 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47772 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47775 \begin_layout Itemize
47778 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47781 \begin_layout Itemize
47787 \begin_layout Itemize
47793 \begin_layout Itemize
47799 \begin_layout Itemize
47805 \begin_layout Itemize
47811 \begin_layout Itemize
47817 \begin_layout Itemize
47823 \begin_layout Itemize
47826 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47829 \begin_layout Itemize
47835 \begin_layout Itemize
47841 \begin_layout Itemize
47847 \begin_layout Itemize
47853 \begin_layout Itemize
47859 \begin_layout Itemize
47865 \begin_layout Itemize
47871 \begin_layout Itemize
47877 \begin_layout Itemize
47879 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47888 \begin_layout Standard
47889 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47892 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47899 \begin_layout Bibliography
47900 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47901 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47902 LatexCommand bibitem
47909 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47912 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
47917 \begin_inset Newline newline
47921 \begin_inset Flex URL
47924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47926 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
47934 \begin_layout Bibliography
47935 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47936 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47937 LatexCommand bibitem
47938 key "latexcompanion"
47942 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
47944 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
47947 Addison-Wesley, 2004
47950 \begin_layout Bibliography
47951 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47952 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47953 LatexCommand bibitem
47958 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
47961 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
47964 Addison-Wesley, 2003
47967 \begin_layout Bibliography
47968 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47969 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47970 LatexCommand bibitem
47977 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47980 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47983 \begin_layout Bibliography
47984 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47985 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47986 LatexCommand bibitem
47998 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48001 \begin_layout Bibliography
48002 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48003 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48004 LatexCommand bibitem
48010 \begin_inset Newline newline
48014 \begin_inset Flex URL
48017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48019 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48027 \begin_layout Bibliography
48028 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48029 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48030 LatexCommand bibitem
48036 \begin_inset Newline newline
48040 \begin_inset Flex URL
48043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48045 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48053 \begin_layout Bibliography
48054 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48055 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48056 LatexCommand bibitem
48062 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48064 name "Documentation"
48065 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48074 \begin_inset Newline newline
48078 \begin_inset Flex URL
48081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48083 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48091 \begin_layout Bibliography
48092 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48093 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48094 LatexCommand bibitem
48100 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48102 name "Documentation"
48103 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48107 how to use the program
48112 \begin_inset Newline newline
48116 \begin_inset Flex URL
48119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48121 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48129 \begin_layout Bibliography
48130 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48131 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48132 LatexCommand bibitem
48138 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48140 name "Documentation"
48141 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48150 \begin_inset Newline newline
48154 \begin_inset Flex URL
48157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48159 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48167 \begin_layout Bibliography
48168 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48169 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48170 LatexCommand bibitem
48176 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48178 name "Documentation"
48179 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48188 \begin_inset Newline newline
48192 \begin_inset Flex URL
48195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48197 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48205 \begin_layout Bibliography
48206 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48207 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48208 LatexCommand bibitem
48214 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48216 name "Documentation"
48217 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48221 of the LaTeX-package
48226 \begin_inset Index idx
48229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48230 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48236 \begin_inset Newline newline
48240 \begin_inset Flex URL
48243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48245 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48253 \begin_layout Bibliography
48254 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48255 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48256 LatexCommand bibitem
48262 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48264 name "Documentation"
48265 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48269 of the LaTeX-package
48274 \begin_inset Index idx
48277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48278 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48284 \begin_inset Newline newline
48288 \begin_inset Flex URL
48291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48293 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
48301 \begin_layout Bibliography
48302 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48303 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48304 LatexCommand bibitem
48310 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48312 name "Documentation"
48313 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
48317 of the LaTeX-package
48322 \begin_inset Index idx
48325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48326 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
48332 \begin_inset Newline newline
48336 \begin_inset Flex URL
48339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48341 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
48349 \begin_layout Bibliography
48350 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48351 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48352 LatexCommand bibitem
48360 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48362 name "Documentation"
48363 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
48369 of the LaTeX-package
48374 \begin_inset Index idx
48377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48378 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
48384 \begin_inset Newline newline
48388 \begin_inset Flex URL
48391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48393 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
48401 \begin_layout Bibliography
48402 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48403 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48404 LatexCommand bibitem
48410 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48412 name "Documentation"
48413 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
48417 of the LaTeX-package
48422 \begin_inset Index idx
48425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48426 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
48432 \begin_inset Newline newline
48436 \begin_inset Flex URL
48439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48441 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
48449 \begin_layout Bibliography
48450 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48451 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48452 LatexCommand bibitem
48458 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48460 name "Documentation"
48461 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
48465 of the LaTeX-package
48470 \begin_inset Index idx
48473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48474 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
48480 \begin_inset Newline newline
48484 \begin_inset Flex URL
48487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48489 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
48497 \begin_layout Bibliography
48498 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48499 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48500 LatexCommand bibitem
48506 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48508 name "Documentation"
48509 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
48513 of the LaTeX-package
48518 \begin_inset Index idx
48521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48522 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
48528 \begin_inset Newline newline
48532 \begin_inset Flex URL
48535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48537 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
48545 \begin_layout Bibliography
48546 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48547 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48548 LatexCommand bibitem
48554 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48556 name "Documentation"
48557 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
48561 of the LaTeX-package
48566 \begin_inset Index idx
48569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48570 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
48576 \begin_inset Newline newline
48580 \begin_inset Flex URL
48583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48585 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
48593 \begin_layout Bibliography
48594 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48595 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48596 LatexCommand bibitem
48602 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48605 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
48609 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48610 \begin_inset Newline newline
48614 \begin_inset Flex URL
48617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48619 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48627 \begin_layout Bibliography
48628 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48629 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48630 LatexCommand bibitem
48636 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48639 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48643 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48644 \begin_inset Newline newline
48648 \begin_inset Flex URL
48651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48653 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48661 \begin_layout Bibliography
48662 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48663 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48664 LatexCommand bibitem
48670 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48673 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48677 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48678 \begin_inset Newline newline
48682 \begin_inset Flex URL
48685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48687 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48695 \begin_layout Bibliography
48696 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48697 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48698 LatexCommand bibitem
48704 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48707 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48711 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48712 \begin_inset Newline newline
48716 \begin_inset Flex URL
48719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48721 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48729 \begin_layout Bibliography
48730 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48731 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48732 LatexCommand bibitem
48738 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48741 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48745 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48746 \begin_inset Newline newline
48750 \begin_inset Flex URL
48753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48755 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48763 \begin_layout Bibliography
48764 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48765 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48766 LatexCommand bibitem
48772 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48775 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48779 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48780 \begin_inset Newline newline
48784 \begin_inset Flex URL
48787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48789 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48797 \begin_layout Bibliography
48798 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48799 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48800 LatexCommand bibitem
48806 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48809 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48813 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48814 \begin_inset Newline newline
48818 \begin_inset Flex URL
48821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48823 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48831 \begin_layout Bibliography
48832 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48833 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48834 LatexCommand bibitem
48840 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48843 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48847 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48848 \begin_inset Newline newline
48852 \begin_inset Flex URL
48855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48857 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48865 \begin_layout Bibliography
48866 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48867 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48868 LatexCommand bibitem
48874 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48877 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48881 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48882 \begin_inset Newline newline
48886 \begin_inset Flex URL
48889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48891 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48899 \begin_layout Bibliography
48900 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48901 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48902 LatexCommand bibitem
48908 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48911 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48915 about new features in
48920 \begin_inset Newline newline
48924 \begin_inset Flex URL
48927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48929 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
48937 \begin_layout Standard
48938 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48972 \begin_inset Note Note
48975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48982 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
48983 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
48984 bibliography is the second one:
48992 \begin_layout Standard
48993 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
48994 LatexCommand bibtex
48995 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
48996 options "biblio/alphadin"
49003 \begin_layout Standard
49004 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49007 \begin_layout Standard
49008 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49009 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49015 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49016 LatexCommand printindex